Table of Contents

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549


FORM 10‑K10-K


 ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 20182021

OR

 TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from to

Commission file number: 001‑33767001-33767


Picture 2Logo

Description automatically generated

Lumber LiquidatorsLL Flooring Holdings, Inc.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

Delaware

27‑131081727-1310817

(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

3000 John Deere Road, Toano, 4901 Bakers Mill Lane,Richmond, Virginia

2316823230

(Address of principal executive offices)

(Zip Code)

(757) 259‑4280(804) 463-2000

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Formerly Lumber Liquidators Holdings, Inc.

(Former name or former address, if changed since last report)


Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class

    

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share

New York Stock Exchange

Trading Symbol: LL

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None


Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes    No 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes    No 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes    No 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes    No 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10‑K or any amendment to this Form 10‑K.  ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer  

☒  Accelerated  `Accelerated filer

  Non-accelerated filer

  Smaller reporting company

  Emerging growth company

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.   

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b‑12b-2 of the Act). Yes    No 

As of June 30, 2018,2021, the last business day of the registrant’s most recent second quarter, the aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was $686.4$600.2 million based on the closing sale price as reported on the New York Stock Exchange.

Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the registrant’s classes of common stock as of March 1, 2019:February 18, 2022:

Title of Class

Number of Shares

Common Stock, $0.001 par value

28,640,26429,140,469

]

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Part III incorporates certain information by reference from the registrant’s proxy statement for the 20192022 annual meeting of stockholders, which will be filed no later than 120 days after the close of the registrant’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2018.2021.


Table of Contents

LUMBER LIQUIDATORSLL FLOORING HOLDINGS, INC.

ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10‑K10-K

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

Page

Cautionary note regarding forward-looking statementsNote Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

3

PART I

4

Item 1.

Business

4

Item 1A.

Risk Factors

9

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments

19

Item 2.

Properties

19

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

20

Item 4.

Mine Safety Disclosures

26

PART II

26

4

Item 5.1A.

Risk Factors

11

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments

20

Item 2.

Properties

21

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

21

Item 4.

Mine Safety Disclosures

21

PART II

21

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

26

21

Item 6.7.

Selected Financial Data

28

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

30

24

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

44

34

Item 8.

Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

45

35

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

77

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures

77

Item 9B.

Other Information

78

PART III

78

69

Item 10.9A.

Controls and Procedures

69

Item 9B.

Other Information

70

PART III

70

Item 10.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

78

70

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

79

71

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

79

71

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

79

71

Item 14.

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

79

71

PART IV

79

71

Item 15.

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

79

71

Item 16.

Form 10‑K10-K Summary

80

71

Signatures

85

76

2


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENT

This report includes statements of the Company’s expectations, intentions, plans and beliefs that constitute “forward-looking statements” within the meanings of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These statements, which may be identified by words such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expects,” “intends,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “thinks,” “estimates,” “seeks,” “predicts,” “could,” “projects,” “potential” and other similar terms and phrases, are based on the beliefs of the Company’s management, as well as assumptions made by, and information currently available to, the Company’s management as of the date of such statements. These statements are subject to risks and uncertainties, all of which are difficult to predict and many of which are beyond the Company’s control. These risks include, without limitation, the impact on us of any of the following:

·

the outcomes of government investigations and legal proceedings, and the related impact on liquidity;

·

reputational harm;

·

obligations related to and impacts of new laws and regulations, including pertaining to tariffs;

·

obtaining products domestically and from abroad, including the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic and tariffs, delays in shipping and transportation, as well as the effects of antidumping and countervailing duties;

·

transportation availability and costs;

a sustained period of inflation impacting consumer spending;
having sufficient inventory for consumer demand;
reduced consumer spending due to last year’s significant government stimulus;
inability to hire and/or retain employees;
inability to staff stores due to the COVID-19 pandemic;
the outcomes of legal proceedings, and the related impact on liquidity;
reputational harm;
obligations under various settlement agreements and other compliance matters;

·

disruptions relateddue to our corporate headquarters relocation;

cybersecurity threats, including any impacts from a network security incident;

·

impact of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Act”);

·

the inability to open new stores, find suitable locations for our new store concept, and fund other capital expenditures needs;

expenditures;

·

inability to execute on our key initiatives or such key initiatives do not yield desired results;

managing growth;

·

increased transportation costs;

·

damage to our assets;

·

disruption in our ability to distribute our products;

products, including due to disruptions from the impacts of severe weather;

·

operating stores in Canada and an office in China;

·

managing third-party installers and product delivery companies, including the quality of service;

companies;

·

renewing store, warehouse, or warehouseother corporate leases;

·

having sufficient suppliers;

·

our, and our suppliers’, compliance with complex and evolving rules, regulations, and laws at the federal, state, and local level;

·

disruption in our ability to obtain products from our suppliers;

·

product liability claims, marketing substantiation claims, wage and hour claims, and other labor and employment claims;

·

availability of suitable hardwood, including due to disruptions from the impacts of severe weather;

·

changes in economic conditions, both domestic and abroad;

·

sufficient insurance coverage;

coverage, including cybersecurity insurance;

·

access to and costs of capital;

·

disruption due to cybersecurity threats;

·

the handling of confidential customer information, including the impacts from the California Consumer Privacy Act;

Act and other applicable data privacy laws and regulations;

·

management information systems disruptions;

·

alternative e-commerce offerings;

·

our advertising strategy;

·

and overall marketing strategy, including anticipating consumer trends;

·

competition;

·

impact of changes in accounting guidance, including implementation guidelines and interpretations;

·

maintenance of valuation allowances on deferred tax assets and the impacts thereof;

internal controls;

·

internal controls;

·

stock price volatility; and

·

anti-takeover provisions.

3


Table of Contents

The Company specifically disclaims any obligation to update these statements, which speak only as of the dates on which such statements are made, except as may be required under the federal securities laws. These risks and other factors include those listed in this Item 1A. “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this report.

References to “we,” “our,” “us,” “the Company”, “Lumber Liquidators”, and “Lumber Liquidators”“LL Flooring” generally refers to Lumber LiquidatorsLL Flooring Holdings, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries collectively and, where applicable, individually.

PART I

Item 1. Business.

Overview

Lumber LiquidatorsLL Flooring Holdings, Inc. (“LL Flooring” or “Company”) is one of theNorth America’s leading specialty retailers of hard-surface flooring, with 424 stores as of December 31, 2021. Our Company seeks to offer the best customer experience online and in North America, offeringstores, with more than 500 varieties of hard-surface floors featuring a complete purchasingrange of quality styles and on-trend designs. Our online tools also help empower customers to find the right solution across anfor the space they’ve envisioned. Our extensive assortment of domesticselection includes waterproof vinyl plank, solid and exotic hardwood species, engineered hardwood, laminate, resilient vinyl, waterproof vinyl plank andbamboo, porcelain tile. We also feature the renewable flooring products, bambootile, and cork, and providewith a wide selectionrange of flooring enhancements and accessories including moldings, noise-reducing underlayment, adhesivesto complement. Our stores are staffed with flooring experts who provide advice, Pro partnership services and installation options for all of our products, the majority of which is in stock and ready for delivery. Our vision is to be the customer’s first choice in hard-surface flooring tools.by providing the best experience, from inspiration to installation. We offer installation and delivery services through third-party independent contractors for customers who purchase our floors. We operate as a single business segment, with our call center, website and customer service network supporting our retail store operations.

We believe we have achieved a reputation for offering great value, superior service and a broadwide selection of high-quality, hard-surfacestocked products and the accessible flooring products.  Withexpertise and service of a balancelocal store, with the scale, omni-channel convenience and value of selection, quality, availability, servicea national chain. We plan to leverage this advantage to differentiate ourselves in the highly fragmented flooring market. We launched our new digital platform, LLFlooring.com, in December 2020. In February 2021, we launched our new mobile app featuring our popular Picture It! and price,Floor Finder tools and making it easy to order installations.

Beginning in the second quarter of 2020, we experienced, as did many retailers, a significant disruption to our business due to COVID-19. We continue to navigate uncertainty in the macroeconomic environment related to COVID-19 global supply chain disruptions, consumer spending, inflation, and a challenging labor market. During the second quarter of 2020 we limited our inventory purchases as a direct result of COVID-19. Supply chain disruption on replenishment kept inventory below our targeted level during the second half of 2020 and all of 2021. As a result, we believe we could have captured more sales in the fourth quarter of 2020 and the full year 2021 if our value proposition is the most complete within a highly fragmented hard-surface flooring market.  The foundation for our value proposition is strengthened by our unique store model, the industry expertise of our people, and our singular focus on hard-surface flooring.inventories had been higher.

Lumber LiquidatorsLL Flooring is a Delaware corporation with its headquarters in Toano,Richmond, Virginia. We were founded in 1994 and our initial public offering was in November 2007. Our common stock trades on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “LL.” During 2021 we made significant progress in the transition of our brand from Lumber Liquidators to LL Flooring. Effective January 1, 2022 we completed our corporate entity name change from Lumber Liquidators Holdings, Inc to LL Flooring Holdings, Inc. We operate in a holding company structure with Lumber LiquidatorsLL Flooring Holdings, Inc. serving as our parent company and certain direct and indirect subsidiaries, including Lumber Liquidators,LL Flooring, Inc., Lumber Liquidators and LL Flooring Services, LLC, Lumber Liquidators Production, LLC, and Lumber Liquidators Canada, ULC, conducting our operations.

Our Business

Market

AccordingWe operate in a large, growing, highly fragmented hard-surface flooring market in the U.S. Based on internal estimates as well as Catalina Research, Inc.’s Report on Floor Coverings, Annual Market Report2021, we estimate U.S. hard-surface flooring retail sales (excluding installation labor and non-flooring accessory products) were $31 billion in 2020, an increase of approximately 7% compared to the July 2018 Issue of Floor Covering Weekly, U.S. installed floor covering product2019, and total flooring retail sales including soft-surface flooring were approximately $51 billion in 2017 were $40.8 billion,2020, not including labor. Within this market, U.S. hardwood, laminateinstallation labor and vinyl flooring sales accounted for 38.7%non-flooring accessory products. Flooring

4

Table of the total. Flooring Contents

sales are driven by a number of factors including discretionary income and trends in the housing market. Including installation,Based on Company estimates and our review of external economic data including existing home sales, the overall flooring industry has grown at a compound annual growth rate of 5.4% from 2012 through 2017. OverNAHB remodeling index, new housing starts and the same period, hardwood, laminate and vinylU.S. Census, we expect flooring sales including the costto continue to benefit from aging and insufficient housing availability, rising home values and new household formations, among other factors. From 2017 through 2020, we estimate installed sales of installationhard-surface flooring grew at a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 8.3%.13% compared to a negative CAGR for soft-surface flooring. We believe improvements in the quality and construction of certain products, increasing resiliency and water-tolerance of products, ease of installation, availability in a broad range of retail price points, and movement away from soft surfaces will drive continued hard-surface flooring share gain versus soft surface flooring in the future.

Competition

We compete for customers in a highly fragmented marketplace, where we believe no onesingle retailer has captured more than a 17%15% share of the consumer market for hard-surface flooring. Althoughflooring (including carpet and area rugs) based on internal estimates as well as Catalina Research, Inc.’s Report on Floor Coverings, Annual Market Report2021. The largest segment of the market includes the national home improvement warehouse chains, warehouse clubs and onlineis represented by independent specialty retailers we believe nearly half of the industry

4


consistscomprised of local one-store flooring retailers, small chains of stores that may specialize in one or two flooring categories, and a limited number of regional chains. We also compete against national home improvement warehouse chains, national specialty retailers, warehouse clubs and online retailers. We believe we offer a compelling value proposition to customers as we provide a wide selection of high-quality, stocked products and the accessible flooring expertise and service of a local store, with the scale, omni-channel convenience and value of a national chain.

Customers

We target several distinct customer groups who each have varied needs with respect to their flooring purchases, including do-it-yourself (“DIY”) customers, do-it-for-me (“DIFM”)installation customers, and commercialPro customers. We believe that each of the customer groups we serve is passionate about their flooring purchase and valuevalues our wide assortment of flooring products, availability, and the quality of those products. While our offering to each of these groups begins with the same broad assortment convenient stores, and knowledgeable store associates, each of these customer groups requirerequires unique service components based on the ability of our associates to share detailed product knowledge and preferred installation methods. We offer DIFM customers installation services whileand also provide dedicated call center resources through our Customer Relationship Center for our DIY and commercial customers receive more personal attention when completing their purchase, including dedicated call center resources.Pro customers. All customer groups are offered delivery services.

Products and Services

Product Selection

We offer an extensive assortment of hard-surface flooring under more than 15multiple proprietary brand names, led by our flagship,flagships, Bellawood® and Coreluxe®. We launched a new flooring category in the third quarter of 2021, DuravanaTM hybrid resilient flooring, which combines the best characteristics of traditional flooring and the latest technology for waterproofing. Duravana is eco-friendly, 100% PVC free and the MDF core is manufactured from responsibly managed forests as certified by the Forest Stewardship Council. We have invested significant resources developing these national brand names, as well as the Lumber Liquidators name.names. Our hard-surface flooring products are available in various widthsfeature a range of quality styles and lengthson-trend designs and are generally differentiated in terms of quality and price based on wood versus manufactured materials, the wood species, wood grade, and durability of finish. Prefinished floors are the dominant choice for residential customers over unfinished wood planks that have a finish applied after installation. We also offer an assortment of flooring enhancements, installation services and accessories, including moldings, underlaysunderlayment, adhesives and tools.

Direct Sourcing

We source directly from millsflooring and other vendors, which enables us to offer a broad assortment of high-quality proprietary products to our customers at a consistently competitive cost. We seek to establish strong, long-term relationships with our vendor partnersvendors around the world. In doing so, we look for vendors that have demonstrated an ability to meet our demanding specifications, our rigorous compliance standards and the capability to provide sustainable and

5

Table of Contents

growing supplies of high-quality, innovative, trend-right products. We source from both domestic and international vendors, and in 2018,2021, approximately 47%53% of our product was sourced in North America, 35% was sourced from Asia, 7% was sourced from Europe, and Australia, and 5%4% was sourced from South America. In order to reduce our costs, we have been actively moving our products subject to Section 301 tariffs from China into other countries, including North America.

Supply Chain

Our supply chain is wholly focused on delivering a complete assortment of products to our customers in an efficient manner.  We operate a 500,000 square foot leased distribution center in Pomona, California as the primary distribution center for our western stores. We own a one million square foot distribution center on approximately 100 acres of land in Henrico County, Virginia, which serves the East Coast stores.stores located in the easternmost two-thirds of the United States. We operate a 500,000 square foot leased distribution center in Pomona, California as the primary distribution center for the stores located in the westernmost one-third of the United States. A number of our vendors maintain certain inventory levels for shipment directly to our stores or our customers. Our product is generally transported boxed and palletized, and the weight of our product is a key driver of our supply chain costs.

Compliance and Quality Control

Our compliance programs are designed to ensure the products we sell are safe and responsibly sourced, and meet all regulatory and statutory requirements, including, without limitation, requirements associated with the Lacey Act, United States Environment Protection Agency ("EPA") and the California Air Resources Board (“CARB”). We utilize a variety of due diligence processes and controls, including supplier audits, periodic on-site visits, and product testing.testing to ensure such compliance. We utilize a risk-based approach to implement and operate the various aspects of our compliance program. Our compliance program considers, among other things, product risk, the level of vertical integration at our suppliers’ mills, legality concerns

5


noted by both private and government parties, and the results of on-site audits that we perform. Our evaluation of sourcing risk is a key component in our allocation of resources to ensure we meet our standards for product compliance and safety. Compliance and Quality Control teams located in the United States and in China are supplemented with externalindependent third-party resources that provide independent analyses,audits and inspections, which are incorporated into our review processes and monitor our sourcing efforts across all areas from which we source product. Compliance programs and functions are continually under review, updated and enhanced as appropriate to stay current with industry, statutory and regulatory requirements. Our complianceCompliance and regulatory affairs committeeRegulatory Affairs Committee of the boardBoard of directorsDirectors provides oversight of our compliance programs.

Additionally, we maintain and operate a 1,500 square foot lab within our East Coast distribution center.center on the east coast. The lab features two temperature and humidity controlled conditioning rooms and two emission chambers correlated to a CARB-approvedCARB- and EPA-approved Third-Party Certifier standard. We believe this equipment mirrors the capabilitiesrequirements of CARB, EPA, and capabilities of other state-of-the-art emission testing facilities. This lab, along with our third-party providers, supports our process to ensure compliance with CARB and EPA requirements. We also maintain a lab in Shanghai.

Installation

Approximately oneAlmost 12% of our total net revenue in 10 of our2021 was from installation sales.   Our customers purchase professional installation services through us to measure and install our flooring at competitive prices. We offer these services at all of our stores. As of December 31, 2018,2021, we utilizedutilize a network of associates to perform certain customer-facing, consultative services and coordinate the installation of our flooring products by third-party professional independent contractors in our stores.contractors. Service revenue for installation transactions that we control along with freight is included in net services sales, with the corresponding costs in cost of services sold. We believe our greater interaction with the customer and betterstrong relationships with the third-party professional independent contractors on services provided will ultimately resultresults in a better customer experience and higher utilization by the customer.experience.

Store Model

As of December 31, 2018,2021, we operated 413424 retail stores, with 405 located in 47 states in the United States and eight in Ontario, Canada.stores. We opened 2115 new stores and closed one store in 2018. We historically had sought locations with lower rent than retailers requiring high traffic or impulse purchases and2021. Although we have certain criteria that we require for every store, we are able to adapt a range of existing buildings to our format, fromincluding freestanding buildings, to strip centers, toor small shopping centers.centers. Our stores are typically 6,500 to

6

Table of Contents

7,500 square feet. We enter into short leases, generally for a base term of five to seven years with renewal options, to maximize our real estate flexibility.

We routinely evaluate our store site selection criteria and are currently targeting retail corridors within a market over the more industrial locations we historically sought. We consistently monitor performance of current stores as well as the market opportunity for new locations, adjusting as needed to optimize the profitability and growth potential of our network. We have recently opened a larger store format in a single-test location. This format includes a showroom that is four times the size of our traditional store, and includes more items in stock and other amenities.portfolio.

Sales Approach

We strive to have an integrated multi-channelomni-channel sales model that enables our stores, call center, websiteCustomer Relationship Center, digital platform, and catalogs to work together in a coordinated manner. We believe that due to the average size of the sale and the general infrequency of a flooring purchase, many of our customers conduct extensive research using multiple channels before making a purchase decision. Though our customers utilize a range of these channels in the decision-making process, the final sale is most often completed in the store, working with our flooring experts. Our DIY and installation customers typically plan well in advance for the inconvenience of removing old flooring and installing new flooring. InOur Pros often have larger, more complex projects, and greater lead time and preparation is often required. Our research indicates that the length of a hardwoodhard-surface flooring purchase can vary significantly from initial interest to final sale.

Our objective is to help the customer through the entire purchase cycle from inspiration to installation, whether in our store or in their home. Our goal is to provide our customers with everything needed to complete their flooring project – to remove the existing floor, install the new floor with complementary moldings and accessories, and finally, maintain the floor for its lifetime.

6


floor.

Our sales strategy emphasizes customer service by providing superior, convenient, educational tools for our customers to learn about our products and the installation process. We invest heavily in training our store associatesteam and virtual sales team members on all of our products and install techniques. Flooring samples offor most of the products we offer are available in our stores or can be ordered through our call center and website.digital platform or contact center. Once an order is placed, customers may choose to either have their purchases delivered to their home or job site, or pick them up at a nearby store location.

We are committed to responding to our potential and existing customers in a timely manner. Our call centerCustomer Relationship Center is staffed by flooring experts cross-trained in sales, customer service and product support. In addition to receiving telephone calls, our callcontact center associates chat online with visitors to our website,digital platform, respond to emails from our customers and engage in telemarketing activities.virtual selling. Customers can contact our call centerCustomer Relationship Center to place an order, to make an inquiry, or to order a catalog.

Knowledgeable Salespeople

We believe a large segment of residential homeowners are in need of a trusted expert, whether as a guide through a range of flooring alternatives and services or as a resource to both DIY and DIFMinstallation customers. We are deploying robust programs to train and position our store management and associates to establish these individual customer relationships, which often last beyondserve our customers at the current purchase to subsequent purchases of additional flooring.

We place an emphasis on identifying, hiring and empowering employees who share a passion for our business philosophy. Many of our store managers have previous experience with the home improvement, retail flooring or flooring installation industries. We provide continuoushighest level. This training focusedfocuses on selling techniques and in-depth product knowledge for our store associates, who, we believe, are a key driver in a customer’s purchasing decision.

We place an emphasis on identifying, hiring, and empowering associates who share a passion for our business philosophy where possible. Many of our store managers have previous experience with the home improvement, retail flooring or flooring installation industries. We are also adding regional managers and store managers in training to build our future store leadership.

7

Table of Contents

Digital / Omni-Channel

We launched our new digital platform, LLFlooring.com in December 2020. This mobile-friendly site features inspirational content, showcases our flooring in digital room scenes, highlights our digital tools like Picture It!, and Floor Finder and promotes our services such as the ability to order a free installation estimate and flooring samples. Our websitedigital platform contains a broad range of information on our products and services, including a comprehensive knowledge base on all things related toaspects of flooring. Customers can also shop from home with a live sales associate in one of our stores through our virtual shopping experience. We also offer extensive product reviews, before and after photos from previous customers, product informationcustomer projects, style and design trends via the LL Style blog and how-to installation videos. A customer also has the ability to chat live with a flooring expert, either online or over the phone, regarding questions about a flooring purchase or installation. We continue to develop new features and functionality to assist customers, and to ensure they have robust tools at their disposal that are effective at helping them make the ideal flooring choice as they move between other channels. In April 2021, we launched an e-Commerce experience for our Pro customers, offering online ordering with exclusive Pro pricing and offline channels. We also have an active presencedelivery rates on Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, YouTube and Twitter.our selection of over 500 floors.

Advertising and Financing

Advertising: We continue to utilize a mix of digital and traditional and online media, ecommerce,email and direct mail, socialto balance product, service and value messaging.   We also leverage our investments in paid, owned and earned media to build brand consideration and financing offers to emphasize product credibility, value, brand awareness, customer education and direct selling. We increase brand awareness in a variety of ways, including through sports, celebrity endorsements and product placement opportunities.educate customers on the flooring category.  Overall, we activelyproactively manage the mix of our media to ensure we efficiently drive sales while effectively building brand awareness of our brand value proposition. Our marketing strategy reflects our investment in digital capabilities enabling us to better engage customers with targeted messaging that drives them through the funnel, and we believe this aligns well with shifts in consumer behaviors since the COVID-19 pandemic began.

We are investinghave been transitioning our brand from Lumber Liquidators to LL Flooring. Customers increasingly begin their flooring journey online, and in enhanced digital capabilities.2021, we continued to leverage the LL Flooring brand in conjunction with the Lumber Liquidators brand on our website and in marketing materials.  Additionally, during 2021 we made significant progress in the transition of our brand from Lumber Liquidators to LL Flooring. We plan to complete the rebranding of our stores in 2022 as part of our long-term brand evolution, and we continue to be excited about customer feedback from those who experienced the LL Flooring brand as more approachable, relevant and of higher quality. 

Financing: We offer our residential customers a financing alternative through a proprietary credit card, the Lumber LiquidatorsLL Flooring credit card, underwritten by a third-party financial institution, generally with no recourse to us. This program serves the dual function of providing financial flexibility to our customers and offering us promotional opportunities featuring deferred interest, which we often combine with product promotions. Our customers may also use their Lumber LiquidatorsLL Flooring credit card for installation services. We also offer our commercialPro customers a financing alternative, which is also underwritten by a third-party financial institution, generally atwith no recourse to us. The commercial credit program provides our professionalPro customers a range of additional services that we believe add efficiencyflexibility to their businesses.

Human Capital Management

Our people are the core of our business and we commit to deliver them an inclusive, diverse team and culture that understands and adapts to the varying needs of our customers. We seek to provide an engaging work experience that excites and motivates our team members to deliver their best every day. We also aim to provide opportunities for learning and growth, to ensure our team is always the best in the business.

We executed on our transformation plan throughout 2021 to mature as a high-touch specialty flooring company and deliver shareholder value. Our transformation plan includes the four strategic pillars of people and culture, improving the customer experience, driving traffic and transactions in our stores and online, and improving profitability.

Our first strategic pillar, people and culture, is a critical driving force behind our transformation plan. Our recent efforts have been focused in three areas: our Company’s culture and training, the safety and health of our associates; and driving diversity and inclusion.

78


Culture and Training

Our Company’s vision: to be the customer’s first choice in hard-surface flooring by providing the best experience, from inspiration to installation. We identify the following six guiding values as the foundation of our culture:

Be customer obsessed
Embrace diversity
Arrive with integrity
Seize opportunities
Be resilient
Own our outcomes

Employees

In recent years, we added more regional and store managers in training to build our bench of future store leadership. Our field leadership has also focused on developing a more robust store and regional manager training program that promotes both diverse and inclusive leadership as well as driving greater internal career advancement. In 2021, we promoted more than 500 associates and invested substantial hours of training across the organization.

Safety and Health

Our commitment to the safety of our associates is an essential and ongoing part of our business. We require careful attention to safety with respect to handling product in our warehouses and stores, as well as during the installation and delivery processes. During COVID-19 we prioritized the safety of our associates and customers and followed rigorous standards for mask wearing, social distance and cleaning protocols. We have mixed remote and in-person work for all corporate support associates including senior management based on local conditions. We have upgraded certain of our ventilation systems and added UV-C sanitizing lights in our conference rooms and break areas. We continue to be judicious about travel and contact to help protect not only our associates but also the communities in which we live. We also provided emergency relief pay to our associates affected by COVID-19 exposure or related facility closures.

Diversity, Equity & Inclusion

As part of our transformation, we are driving diversity, equity and inclusion across our Company. This commitment is supported by training and awareness programs as well as focused efforts to recruit, retain, develop and promote a diverse workforce. Our Diversity, Equity & Inclusion Taskforce, comprised of a diverse group of associates, is helping to ensure associates can thrive and grow professionally. They continue to share ideas on what diversity, equity and inclusion should look like in our Company. We are also working with external consultants to connect our work with best practices and insights related to diversity, equity and inclusion.

Associates

As of December 31, 2018,2021, we had approximately 2,200 employees, 95%2,400 associates, 97% of whom were full-time and none of whom were represented by a union. Of these employees, 72%associates, 73% work in our stores, 18%19% work in corporate store support infrastructure or similar functions (including our call center employees)associates) and 10%8% work in one of our distribution centers. We believe that we have good relations with our employees.associates.

Seasonality and Quarterly Results

Our quarterly results of operations can fluctuate depending on the timing of our advertising expenses and the timing of, and income contributed by, our new stores. Our net sales fluctuate slightly as a result of seasonal factors, and we adjust merchandise inventories in anticipation of those factors, causing variations in our build of merchandise inventories. Generally, we experience higher than averagehigher-than-average net sales in the spring and fall, when more home remodeling activities typically are taking place, and lower than averagelower-than-average net sales in the colder winter months and during the hottest summer months. Our 2020 and 2021 results were impacted by the uncertainty and ongoing impact of the COVID-19

9

Table of Contents

pandemic. In the second quarter of 2020, we experienced, as did many retailers, a significant disruption to our business due to COVID-19. We continue to navigate uncertainty in the macroeconomic environment related to COVID-19, global supply chain disruptions, consumer spending, inflation, and the anniversary of large COVID 19 stimulus payments in both 2020 and 2021. During the second quarter of 2020 we limited our inventory purchases as a direct result of COVID-19. Supply chain disruption on replenishment kept inventory below our targeted level during the second half of 2020 and 2021. As a result, we believe we could have captured more sales in the fourth quarter of 2020 and 2021 if our inventories had been higher. The spread of the COVID-19 Omicron variant also had a negative effect late in 2021 and into 2022.

Intellectual Property and Trademarks

We have a number of marks registered in the United States, including LLFlooring®, Floor Love™, Lumber Liquidators®, Hardwood Floors For Less!®Floor Finder®, Duravana™, Bellawood®, 1‑800‑HARDWOOD®1-800-HARDWOOD®, Quickclic®, Virginia Mill Works Co. Hand Scraped and Distressed Floors®, Morning Star Bamboo Flooring®, Dream Home Laminate Floors®, Builder’s Pride®,  Schön Engineered Floors®, Casa de Colour Collection®, Avella®, Coreluxe®, Tranquility Resilient Flooring®, Lisbon Cork Co. Ltd. ®, Colston Hardwood Flooring ®, ReNature™, AquaSeal ™, Dual Defense™ and other product line names.  We have also registered certain marks in jurisdictions outside the United States, including the European Union, Canada, China, Australia and Japan. We regard our intellectual property as having significant value and these names are an important factor in the marketing of our brands. Accordingly, we take steps intended to protect our intellectual property including, where necessary, the filing of lawsuits and administrative actions to enforce our rights.

Government Regulation

We are subject to extensive and varied federal, provincial, state and local government regulations in the jurisdictions in which we operate, including laws and regulations relating to our relationships with our employeesassociates and customers, independent third-party installers, public health and safety, zoning, accommodations for persons with disabilities, and fire codes. We are also subject to a number of compliance obligations pursuant to various settlement agreements we have entered into over the past few years. We operate each of our stores, offices and distribution centers in accordance with standards and procedures designed to comply with all applicable laws, codes, licensing requirements and regulations. Certain of our operations and properties are also subject to federal, provincial, state and local laws and regulations relating to the use, storage, handling, generation, transportation, treatment, emission, release, discharge and disposal of hazardous materials, substances and wastes and relating to the investigation and cleanup of contaminated properties, including off-site disposal locations. We do not currently incur significant costs complying with the laws and regulations related to hazardous materials. However, we could be subject to material costs, liabilities or claims relating to compliance in the future, especially in the event of changes in existing laws and regulations or in their interpretation, as well as the passage of new laws and regulations.

Our suppliers are subject to the laws and regulations of their home countries, as well as those relative to the import of their products into the United States, including, in particular, laws regulating labor, forestry and the environment. Our suppliers are subject to periodic compliance audits, onsite visits and other reviews, as appropriate, in efforts to ensure that they are in compliance with all laws and regulations. We also support social and environmental responsibility among our supplier community and our suppliers agree to comply with our expectations concerning environmental, labor and health and safety matters. Those expectations include representations and warranties that our suppliers comply with the laws, rules and regulations of the countries in which they operate.

Products that we import into the United States and, formerly, Canada are subject to laws and regulations imposed in conjunction with such importation, including those issued and/or enforced by U.S.United States Customs and Border Protection and the Canadian Border Services Agency. In addition, certain of our products are subject to laws and regulations relating to

8


the importation, acquisition or sale of illegally harvested plants and plant products and the emissions of hazardous materials. We work closely with our suppliers to address theunderstand their compliance applicable laws and regulations in these areas.

Available Information

We maintain a website at www.lumberliquidators.com.LLFlooring.com. The information on or available through our website is not, and should not be considered, a part of this annual report on Form 10‑K.10-K. You may access our annual reports on Form 10‑K,10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10‑Q,10-Q, current reports on Form 8‑K8-K and amendments to those reports, as well as other reports

10

Table of Contents

relating to us that are filed with, or furnished to, the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) free of charge on our websitedigital platform www.investors.LLFlooring.com as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The SEC also maintains an Internet site, www.sec.gov, which contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information that we file electronically with the SEC.

Item 1A. Risk Factors.

The risks described below could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. These risks are not the only risks that we face. Our business operations could also be affected by additional factors that apply generally to companies operating in the U.S.United States and globally, as well as other risks that are not presently known to us or that we currently consider to be immaterial.

Risks Related to Our Business Operations

The ongoing COVID-19 pandemic has disrupted, and may continue to disrupt, our business, which could adversely affect our financial performance

The effects of the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic have included and could continue to include disruptions in our supply chain, disruptions or restrictions on the ability or availability of many of our associates to work effectively, including because of illness, quarantines, government actions, facility closures or other restrictions, as well as temporary closures of certain of our showrooms, or the facilities of our customers or suppliers. The inability of our suppliers to meet our supply needs in a timely manner could cause delays in delivery to our customers, which could result in the cancellation of orders, customers’ refusal to accept deliveries, discounts to selling prices, and termination of customer relationships, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and liquidity. Even if we are able to find alternate sources for our supply needs, they may cost more, which could adversely impact our profitability and financial condition.

In addition, the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic has resulted in a widespread health crisis that is adversely affecting the economies and financial markets of many countries. It has disrupted the worldwide transportation network leading to less predictable inventory flow. There remains a great deal of uncertainty related to COVID-19, including risks from renewed shutdowns due to COVID-19, continued transportation disruptions, labor availability and consumer spending preferences. The extent to which the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic could impact our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity is highly uncertain and will depend on future developments, including consumer demand for home improvement. The potential impacts to the Company likely will not be fully recoverable.

The ongoing COVID-19 pandemic is a highly fluid and rapidly evolving situation, and we cannot anticipate with any certainty the length, scope, or the impacts in each of the jurisdictions that we operate. Various federal, state and local regulatory requirements concerning vaccination status for associates, testing and safety protocols may impose operating costs or restrictions on our business operations, which could adversely impact our profitability and financial condition.

Our success dependsupon the ability to attract, develop and retain highly qualified associates.

We believe that our success has depended and continues to depend on the efforts and capabilities of our associates. Our ability to meet our labor needs while controlling labor costs is subject to many external factors including market pressure on wage rates, the size and health of the labor market and our reputation within the labor market. If there is significant employee turnover, it may result in increases in our costs due to higher wages, recruiting costs and/or training costs. We may not be able to achieve our operational goals if we are unable to attract, develop and retain qualified associates by providing competitive compensation and benefits, an engaging work experience for an inclusive, diverse team and culture or due to any negative market or industry perception, our stock price, and/or litigation.

11

Table of Contents

Increased transportation costs could harm our results of operations.

The efficient transportation of our products through our supply chain is a critical component of our operations. If the cost of fuel or other costs, such as duties and international container rates rise it would result in increases in our cost of sales due to additional transportation charges and fees. Additionally, there are a limited number of delivery companies capable of efficiently transporting our products from our suppliers. Consolidation within this industry could result in increased transportation costs. A reduction in the availability of qualified drivers and/or an increase in driver regulations could continue to increase our costs. Transportation costs, both international and domestic, may increase due to the global supply chain disruptions as a result of strong demand for inventory, which have been and may continue to be impacted by any changes in COVID-19 conditions. We may be unable to increase the price of our products to offset increased transportation charges, which could cause our operating results to deteriorate.

Our growth strategy depends in part on our ability to open new stores and is subject to many unpredictable factors.

As of December 31, 2021, we had 424 stores throughout the United States. Assuming the continued success of our store model and real estate strategy, we plan to accelerate future openings over the next several years. This growth strategy and the investment associated with the development of each new store may cause our operating results to fluctuate and be unpredictable or decrease our profits. Our future results and ability to implement our growth strategy will depend on various factors, including the following:

as we open more stores, our rate of expansion relative to the size of our store base will decline;
consumers in new markets may be less familiar with our brands, and we may need to increase brand awareness in those markets through additional investments in advertising;
new stores may have higher construction, occupancy or operating costs, inventory requirements, or may have lower average store net sales, than stores opened in the past;
competitive pressures could cause changes to our store model and making necessary changes could prove costly;
newly opened stores may reach profitability more slowly than we expect in the future, as we enter more mid-sized and smaller markets and add stores to larger markets where we already have a presence; and
newly opened stores may cause sales to decline in our other existing stores within a given market or trade area.

Failure to manage our growth effectively could harm our business and operating results.

In addition to accelerating the growth of new stores over the next several years, we are making technology investments designed to increase orders from our digital platform, Customer Relationship Center and dedicated Pro sales team. Our existing management information systems, including our store management systems, enterprise reporting platform, compliance procedures and financial and reporting controls, may be unable to support our expansion. Managing our growth effectively will require us to continue to enhance these systems, procedures and controls and to hire, train and retain regional and store managers and personnel for our compliance, IT, human resources and financial and reporting departments. We may not respond quickly enough to the changing demands that our expansion will impose on us. Any failure to manage our growth effectively could harm our business and operating results.

12

Table of Contents

Damage, destruction or disruption of our distribution centers could significantly impact our operations and impede our ability to distribute certain of our products.

We have two distribution centers that house products for the direct shipment of flooring to our stores. If either of our distribution centers or our inventory held in those locations were damaged or destroyed by fire, tornado, flooding, wood infestation or other causes, our distribution processes would be disrupted. If the major highways or railways leading to and from our distribution centers were shutdown due to weather or infrastructure conditions, our distribution processes would also be disrupted. Any of these disruptions to the distribution centers could cause significant delays in delivery. This could impede our ability to stock our stores and deliver products to our customers, and cause our net sales and operating results to deteriorate.

Our representative office in China may present increased legal and operational risks.

We have a representative office in Shanghai, China to facilitate our product sourcing in Asia. We may incur increased costs in complying with applicable local-country laws and regulations as they pertain to our products, operations and related activities. Further, if we fail to comply with applicable laws and regulations, we could be subject to, among other things, litigation and government and agency investigations.

Failure to effectively manage our third-party installers may present increased legal and operational risks.

We manage third-party professional independent contractors who provide installation services to some of our customers. In some jurisdictions, we are subject to regulatory requirements and risks applicable to general contractors, which include management of licensing, permitting and quality of our third-party installers. We have established procedures designed to manage these requirements and ensure customer satisfaction with the services provided by our third-party installers. If we fail to manage these procedures effectively or provide proper oversight of these services, we may be subject to regulatory enforcement and litigation and our net sales and our profitability and reputation could be harmed.

Unfavorable allegations, government investigations and legal actions surrounding our products or us could harm our reputation and impair our ability to grow or sustain our business.

We have been involved in a number of government investigations and legal actions, many of which have resulted from unfavorable allegations regarding our products and us. Negative publicity surrounding these government investigations and legal actions could continue to harm our reputation and the demand for our products. Additional unfavorable allegations, government investigations and legal actions involving our products and us could also affect our perception in the market and our brands and negatively impact our business and financial condition. For instance, unfavorable allegations with certain regulators surrounding the product qualitycompliance of our laminates that had previously been sourced from China has negatively affected and could continue to negatively affect our operations. If this negative impact is significant, our ability to maintain our liquidity and grow or sustain our business could be jeopardized. The cost to defend ourselves and our former employeesassociates has been and could continue to be significant.

We are involved in a number of legal proceedings and, while we cannot predict the outcomes of these proceedings and other contingencies with certainty, some of the outcomes of these proceedings could adversely affect our business and financial condition.

We are, or may become, involved in legal proceedings, government and agency investigations, and consumer, employment, tort, and other litigation (see discussion of Legal Proceedings in Item 3 of this Annual Report)8. Note 10 to the consolidated financial statements). While we have accrued for material liabilities in connection with certain of these proceedings, we cannot predict with certainty the ultimate outcomes. The outcome of some of these legal proceedings could require us to take actions which could be costly to implement or otherwise negatively affect our operations or could require us to pay substantial amounts of money that could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity, financial condition and results of operations and could affect our ability to obtain capital or access our revolving loan and continue as a going concern. Additionally, defending against lawsuits and legal proceedings involves significant expense and diversion of management’s attention and resources.

913


Our overall compliance program, including the Lacey Compliance Plan, is complex and costly to maintain. A failure to manage these programs could adversely affect our ability to conduct business, result in significant fines and other penalties, damage our brand and reputation, and, consequently, negatively impact our financial position and results of operations.

As disclosed onin October 7, 2015, we reached a settlement with the United States Department of Justice (“DOJ”) regarding our compliance with the Lacey Act. In connection with that settlement, we agreed to implement the Lacey Compliance Plan, and we arewere subject to a probation period of five years. Our implementation of the Lacey Compliance Plan, together with requirements resulting from other settlement agreements we have entered into over the past few years (including the Deferred Prosecution Agreement (the “DPA”) with the United States Attorney’s Office for the Eastern District of Virginia (the “U.S. Attorney”) and the DOJ entered into on March 12, 2019), is costly and, if the implementation costs are more than we anticipate, could adversely affect our operating results. In the event we fail to fully implement and comply with the Lacey Compliance Plan as required and in accordance with set deadlines, the government may require us to cease the importation of hardwood flooring from China until the DOJ determines that we are in full compliance with the Lacey Compliance Plan. If we have to cease the importation of hardwood flooring, our ability to operate would be substantially harmed and our business, including our results of operations, would be adversely affected.was costly. In the event we breach the DPA, there is a risk the U.S. Attorney and the DOJ would seek to impose remedies provided for in the DPA, including criminal prosecution. Further, the failure to properly manage our overall compliance program and fully comply with the obligations imposed upon us by these various settlement agreements or implement any of the compliance requirements arising from these obligations could adversely affect our ability to conduct business, result in significant fines and other penalties, damage our brand and reputation and negatively impact our financial position and results of operations.

Our insurance coverage and self-insurance reserves may not cover existing or future claims.

With the large number of cases and government investigations, we may be required to defend ourselves and our officers, directors and former associates and we may be subject to financial harm in the event such cases or investigations are adversely determined and insurance coverage will not, or is not sufficient to, cover any related losses. We maintain various insurance policies, including directors and officers insurance, as well as the following:

We are self-insured on certain health insurance plans and workers’ compensation coverage and are responsible for losses up to a certain limit for these respective plans.
We continue to be responsible for losses up to a certain limit for general liability and property damage insurance.
Our professional liability and cyber security insurance policies contain limitations on the amount and scope of coverage.

For policies under which we are responsible for losses, we record a liability that represents our estimated cost of claims incurred and unpaid as of the balance sheet date. Unanticipated changes may produce materially different amounts of expense than those recorded, which could adversely impact our operating results. Additionally, our experience could limit our ability to obtain satisfactory insurance coverage, subjecting us to further loss, or could require significantly increased premiums.

Federal, provincial, state or local laws and regulations, including tariffs, or our failure to comply with such laws and regulations, and our obligations under certain settlement agreements related to our products could increase our expenses, restrict our ability to conduct our business and expose us to legal risks.

We are subject to a wide range of general and industry-specific laws and regulations imposed by federal, provincial, state and local authorities in the countries in which we operate, including those related to tariffs, customs, foreign operations (such as the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act), truth-in-advertising, consumer protection, privacy, zoning and occupancy matters as well as the operation of retail stores and warehouse, production and distribution facilities and provision of installation services. In addition, various federal, provincial and state laws govern our relationship with and other matters pertaining to our employees,associates, including wage and hour-related laws. If we fail to comply with these laws and regulations, we could be subject to legal risk, our operations could be impacted negatively and our reputation could be damaged. Likewise, if such laws and regulations should change, our costs of compliance may increase, thereby impacting our results and hurting our profitability.

14

Table of Contents

Certain portions of our operations are subject to laws and regulations governing hazardous materials and wastes, the remediation of contaminated soil and groundwater, and the health and safety of employees.associates. If we are unable to comply with, extend or renew a material approval, license or permit required by such laws, or if there is a delay in renewing any material approval, license or permit, our net sales and operating results could deteriorate or otherwise cause harm to our business.

With regard to our products, we spend significant resources in order to comply with applicable advertising, importation, exportation, environmental and health and safety laws and regulations. If we should violate these laws and regulations, we could experience delays in shipments of our goods, be subject to fines, penalties, criminal charges, or other legal risks, be liable for costs and damages, or suffer reputational harm, which could reduce demand for our merchandise and hurt our business and results of operations. Further, if such laws and regulations should change we may experience increased costs in order to adhere to the new standards. We are also subject to a number of settlement agreements that impose certain obligations on us with respect to the operation of our business. If we fail to comply with these obligations, we may experience additional costs and expenses and could be subject to additional legal risks.

10


Our growth strategy depends in part on our ability to open new stores and is subject to many unpredictable factors.

As of December 31, 2018, we had 413 stores throughout the United States and Canada.  Assuming the continued success of our store model and satisfaction of our internal criteria, we plan to continue our selective approach to future openings over the next several years. This growth strategy and the investment associated with the development of each new store may cause our operating results to fluctuate and be unpredictable or decrease our profits.  Our future results and ability to implement our growth strategy will depend on various factors, including the following:

·

as we open more stores, our rate of expansion relative to the size of our store base will decline;

·

consumers in new markets may be less familiar with our brands, and we may need to increase brand awareness in those markets through additional investments in advertising;

·

new stores may have higher construction, occupancy or operating costs, inventory requirements, or may have lower average store net sales, than stores opened in the past;

·

competitive pressures could cause changes to our store model and making necessary changes could prove costly;

·

newly opened stores may reach profitability more slowly than we expect in the future, as we enter more mid-sized and smaller markets and add stores to larger markets where we already have a presence; and

·

our Canadian stores may require additional investment in advertising due to our limited penetration in the Canadian market.

Failure to manage our growth effectively could harm our business and operating results.

Our plans call for our selective approach in the addition of new stores over the next several years, and increased orders from our website, call center and catalogs. Our existing management information systems, including our store management systems, compliance procedures and financial and reporting controls, may be unable to support our expansion. Managing our growth effectively will require us to continue to enhance these systems, procedures and controls and to hire, train and retain regional and store managers and personnel for our compliance and financial and reporting departments. We may not respond quickly enough to the changing demands that our expansion will impose on us. Any failure to manage our growth effectively could harm our business and operating results.

Increased transportation costs could harm our results of operations.

The efficient transportation of our products through our supply chain is a critical component of our operations. If the cost of fuel or other costs, such as import tariffs, duties and international container rates, rise, it could result in increases in our cost of sales due to additional transportation charges and fees. Additionally, there are a limited number of delivery companies capable of efficiently transporting our products from our suppliers. Consolidation within this industry could result in increased transportation costs. A reduction in the availability of qualified drivers and an increase in driver regulations could continue to increase our costs.  We may be unable to increase the price of our products to offset increased transportation charges, which could cause our operating results to deteriorate.

Damage, destruction or disruption of our distribution centers could significantly impact our operations and impede our ability to distribute certain of our products. 

We have two distribution centers which house products for the direct shipment of flooring to our stores or to our customers. If either of our distribution centers or our inventory held in those locations were damaged or destroyed by fire, wood infestation or other causes, our distribution processes would be disrupted, which could cause significant

11


delays in delivery.  This could impede our ability to stock our stores and deliver products to our customers, and cause our net sales and operating results to deteriorate.

The operation of stores in Canada and our representative office in China may present increased legal and operational risks.

We currently operate eight store locations in Canada.  As a result of our limited penetration in the Canadian market, these stores may continue to be less successful than we expect.  Additionally, investments in advertising and promotional activity may be required to continue to build brand awareness in that market.

We also have a representative office in Shanghai, China to facilitate our product sourcing in Asia. We have limited experience with the legal and regulatory environments and market practices outside of the United States and cannot guarantee that we will be able to operate profitably in these markets or in a manner and with results similar to those in the United States.  We may also incur increased costs in complying with applicable Canadian and Chinese laws and regulations as they pertain to both our products and our operations. Further, if we fail to comply with applicable laws and regulations, we could be subject to, among other things, litigation and government and agency investigations.

Failure to effectively manage our third-party installers may present increased legal and operational risks.

We manage third-party installers who provide installation services to some of our customers. In some of these jurisdictions, we are subject to regulatory requirements and risks applicable to general contractors, which include management of licensing, permitting and quality of our third-party installers. We have established procedures designed to manage these requirements and ensure customer satisfaction with the services provided by our third-party installers.  If we fail to manage these procedures effectively or provide proper oversight of these services, we may be subject to regulatory enforcement and litigation and our net sales and our profitability and reputation could be harmed.

Our founder is the lessor on a significant number of our leases and the satisfactory renewal of these as each comes due is a risk to our occupancy costs and store count.

As of December 31, 2018, we leased our Toano facility, which includes a store location, a warehouse and 29 of our other store locations from entities owned, in whole or in part, by Tom Sullivan, our founder.  Although our percentage of total stores leased from such entities has decreased and our lease at the Toano facility ends on December 31, 2019, this concentration of leases subjects us to the risk of increased costs or reduction of store count in the event of an adverse action or inaction by Mr. Sullivan or such entities. Mr. Sullivan no longer serves as an employee or as a director of the Company.

Our success dependsupon the retention of our personnel.

We believe that our success has depended and continues to depend on the efforts and capabilities of our employees. The loss of the services of key employees due to any negative market or industry perception, the Company’s stock price, the Company’s headquarters move, and/or litigation may prevent us from achieving operational goals and harm our reputation.

12


Risks Related to Our Suppliers, Products and Product Sourcing

Our ability and cost to obtain cost-effective products, especially from ChinaAsia and other international suppliers, and the operations of many of our international suppliers are subject to risks that may be beyond our control and that could harm our operations and profitability.

We rely on a select group of international suppliers to provide us with imported flooring products that meet our specifications. In 2018,2021, our imported product was sourced from Asia, Europe, Australia and South America. As a result, we are subject to risks associated with obtaining products from abroad, including:

·

the imposition of duties (including antidumping and countervailing duties), tariffs, taxes and/or other charges on exports or imports;

·

the impact of a pandemic, including COVID-19;

political unrest, terrorism and economic instability resulting in the disruption of trade from foreign countries where our products originate;

·

currency exchange fluctuations;

·

the imposition of new laws and regulations, including those relating to environmental matters and climate change issues, labor conditions, quality and safety standards, trade restrictions, and restrictions on funds transfers;

·

disruptions or delays in production, shipments, delivery or processing through ports of entry; and

·

differences in product standards, acceptable business practices and legal environments of the country of origin.

In 2018, we sourced

By the end of 2021, approximately 47%20% of our product was sourced from China down from 34% a year ago. Included in merchandise inventories are tariff-related costs, including Section 301 tariffs on certain products imported from China. Virtually allChina in recent years. In November 2019, a subset of these imports for certain click vinyl and other engineered products had(the “Subset Products”) received an exemption that was made retroactive to the initial levying of the Section 301 Tariffs. However, as of August 7, 2020, the exclusions on subset products expired and certain flooring products imported from China were again subject to a 10% tariff imposed upon them in late 2018 and many of these products could increase further should the tariff rate increase as has been announced but postponed indefinitely, go into effect.25% Section 301 tariff. Potential costs and any attendant impact on pricing arising from these tariffs could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition, and liquidity.

These and other factors beyond our control could disrupt the ability of our suppliers to ship certain products to us cost-effectively or at all, which could harm our operations. If our product costs and consumer demand are adversely affected by foreign trade issues (including pandemic-related delays, import tariffs and other trade restrictions with China), our sales and profitability may suffer.

15

Table of Contents

The inflation or deflation of product cost could affect our prices, demand for our products, our sales and our profit margins.

Prices of certain products are subject to fluctuations arising from changes in international and domestic supply and demand, labor costs, competition, market speculation, government regulations, tariffs and trade restrictions, and periodic delays in delivery. Rapid and significant changes in product cost may affect the demand for our products, our sales and our profit margins.

Failure to identify and develop relationships with a sufficient number of qualified suppliers could affect our ability to obtain products that meet our high quality standards.

We purchase flooring directly from mills located around the world. We believe that these direct supplier relationships are important to our business. In order to retain the competitive advantage that we believe results from these relationships, we need to continue to identify, develop and maintain relationships with qualified suppliers that can satisfy our high standards for quality and our requirements for the delivery of hardwoodhard-surface materials in a timely and efficient manner. We expect the need to develop new relationships to be particularly important as we seek to expand our operations, enhance our product offerings, and expand our product assortment and geographic source of origin in the future. Any inability to do so could reduce our competitiveness, slow our plans for further expansion and cause our net sales and operating results to deteriorate.

We rely on a concentrated number of suppliers for a significant portion of our supply needs. We generally do not have long-term contracts with our suppliers. In the future, our suppliers may be unable to supply us, or supply us on acceptable terms, due to various factors, which could include political instability in the supplier’s country, insufficient production capacity, product line failures, collusion, a supplier’s financial instability, inability or refusal to comply with

13


applicable laws, trade restrictions, tariffs or our standards, duties, insufficient transport capacity and other factors beyond our control. In these circumstances, we could experience deterioration in our net sales and operating results.

The failure of our suppliers to comply with applicable laws, use ethical practices, and meet our quality standards could result in our suspending purchasing from them, negatively impacting net sales, and could expose us to reputational and legal risks.

While our suppliers agree to operate in compliance with applicable laws and regulations, we do not control our suppliers. Accordingly, despite our continued investment in compliance and quality control, we cannot guarantee that they comply with such laws and regulations or operate in a legal, ethical and responsible manner. While we monitor our suppliers’ adherence to our compliance and quality standards, there is no guarantee that we will be able to identify non-compliance. Moreover, the failure of our suppliers to adhere to applicable legal requirements and the quality standards that we set for our products could lead to government investigations, litigation, write-offs and recalls, any of which could damage our reputation and our brands, increase our costs, and otherwise hurt our business. Additionally, our ability to travel and monitor suppliers due to the COVID-19 pandemic could cause delays in bringing product to market.

Product liability claims could adversely affect our reputation, which could adversely affect our net sales and profitability.

We have faced and continue to face the risk of exposure to product liability claims in the event that the use of our products is alleged to have resulted in economic loss, personal injury, or property damage, or violated environmental or other laws. In the event that any of our products proves to be defective or otherwise in violation of applicable laws, we may be required to recall or redesign such products. Further, in such instances, we may be subject to legal action. We maintain insurance against some forms of product liability claims, but such coverage may not be available or adequate for the liabilities actually incurred. A successful claim brought against us in excess of available insurance coverage, or any claim or product recall that results in significant adverse publicity against us, may have a material adverse effect on our net sales and operating results.

16

Table of Contents

Our ability to offer hardwood flooring, particularly products made of more exoticcertain species of hardwood, depends on the continued availability of sufficient suitable hardwood at reasonable cost.

Our business strategy depends on offering a wide assortment of hardwood flooring to our customers. We sell flooring made from species ranging from domestic maple, oak and pine to imported acacia, cherry, koa, mahogany and teak. Some of these species are scarce,difficult to source, and we cannot be assured of their continued availability. Our ability to obtain an adequate volume and quality of hard-to-find species depends on our suppliers’ ability to furnish those species, which, in turn, could be affected by many things including events such as forest fires, insect infestation, tree diseases, prolonged drought and other adverse weather and climate conditions. Government regulations relating to forest management practices also affect our suppliers’ ability to harvest or export timber, and changes to regulations and forest management policies, or the implementation of new laws or regulations, could impede their ability to do so. If our suppliers cannot deliver sufficient hardwood and we cannot find replacement suppliers, our net sales and operating results may be negatively impacted.

The cost of the various species of hardwood that are used in our products is important to our profitability. Hardwood lumber costs fluctuate as a result of a number of factors including changes in domestic and international supply and demand, labor costs, competition, market speculation, product availability, environmental restrictions, government regulation and trade policies, duties, weather conditions, processing and freight costs, and delivery delays and disruptions. We generally do not have long-term supply contracts or guaranteed purchase amounts. As a result, we may not be able to anticipate or react to changing hardwood costs by adjusting our purchasing practices, and we may not always be able to increase the selling prices of our products in response to increases in supply costs. If we cannot address changing hardwood costs appropriately, it could cause our operating results to deteriorate.

Risks Relating to Our Competitive Positioning

Ineffectiveness of our advertising strategy or negative perceptions of our brand could result in reduced customer traffic, thereby impacting net sales and profitability.

We believe that our growth thus far was achieved in part through our successful investment in local and national advertising. Historically, we have used extensive advertising to encourage customers to drive to our stores, which were, at times, located some distance from population centers in areas that have lower rents than traditional retail locations. Further, a significant portion of our advertising was directed at the DIY and installation customers. As our brand and marketing strategies continue to evolve, we have broadened the content of our advertising to increase the awareness of our great value, superior service and broad selection of high-quality, hard-surface flooring products. During 2021 we made significant progress in the transition of our brand from Lumber Liquidators to LL Flooring. If there are negative perceptions about the evolution of our brand strategies, our name change, or our advertisements fail to draw customers in the future, or if the cost of advertising or other marketing materials increases significantly, we could experience declines in our net sales and operating results both in-store and through our digital platform.

Competition could cause price declines, decrease demand for our products and decrease our market share.

We operate in the hard-surface flooring industry, which is highly fragmented and competitive. We face significant competition from national and regional home improvement chains, national and regional specialty flooring chains, Internet-based companies and privately owned single-site enterprises. We compete on the basis of price, customer service, store location and the range, quality and availability of the hard-surface flooring that we offer our customers. If our positioning with regard to one or more of these factors should erode, deteriorate, fail to resonate with consumers or misalign with demand or expectations, our business and results may be negatively impacted.

Our competitive position is also influenced by the availability, quality and cost of merchandise, labor costs, distribution and sales efficiencies and our productivity compared to that of our competitors. Further, as we expand into new and unfamiliar markets, we may face different competitive environments than in the past. Likewise, as we continue to enhance and develop our product offerings, we may experience new competitive conditions.

1417


Some of our competitors are larger organizations, have existed longer, are more diversified in the products they offer and have a more established market presence with substantially greater financial, marketing, personnel and other resources than we have. In addition, our competitors may forecast market developments more accurately than we do, develop products that are superior to ours, produce similar products at a lower cost or adapt more quickly to new technologies or evolving customer requirements than we do. Intense competitive pressures from one or more of our competitors could cause price declines, decrease demand for our products and decrease our market share.

Hard-surface flooring may become less popular as compared to other types of floor coverings in the future. For example, our products are made using various hardwood species, and concern over the environmental impact of tree harvesting could shift consumer preferences towards synthetic or inorganic flooring. In addition, hardwood flooring competes against carpet, vinyl sheet, vinyl tile, ceramic tile, natural stone and other types of floor coverings. If consumer preferences shift toward types of floor coverings that we do not sell, we may experience decreased demand for our products.

All of these competitive factors may harm us and reduce our net sales and operating results.

Risks Related to Economic Factors and Our Access to Capital

Cyclicality in the home flooring industry, coupled with our lack of diversity in our lines of business, could cause volatility and risk to our business.

The hardwoodhard-surface flooring industry is highly dependent on the remodeling of existing homes and new home construction. Remodeling and new home construction are cyclical and depend on a number of factors which are beyond our control, including interest and inflation rates, tax policy, real estate prices, employment levels, consumer confidence, credit availability, real estate prices, demographic trends, weather conditions, natural disasters and general economic conditions.

In the event of a decrease in discretionary spending, home remodeling activity or new home construction, demand for our products, including hardwoodhard-surface flooring, could be impacted negatively and our business and operating results could be harmed.

Our insurance coverage and self-insurance reserves may not cover existing or future claims.

With the large number of pending cases and government investigations, we may be required to defend ourselves and our officers, directors and former employees and we may be subject to financial harm in the event such cases or investigations are adversely determined and insurance coverage will not, or is not sufficient to, cover any related losses.  We maintain various insurance policies, including directors and officers insurance, as well as the following:

·

We are self-insured on certain health insurance plans and workers’ compensation coverage and are responsible for losses up to a certain limit for these respective plans.

·

We continue to be responsible for losses up to a certain limit for general liability and property damage insurance.

·

Our professional liability and cyber security insurance policies contain limitations on the amount and scope of coverage.

For policies under which we are responsible for losses, we record a liability that represents our estimated cost of claims incurred and unpaid as of the balance sheet date.  Unanticipated changes may produce materially different amounts of expense than those recorded, which could adversely impact our operating results. Additionally, our recent experience could limit our ability to obtain satisfactory insurance coverage, subjecting us to further loss, or could require significantly increased premiums.

The inability to access our Revolving Credit Facility or other sources of capital, could cause our financial position, liquidity, and results of operations to suffer.

We have relied on and expect to continue to rely on a bank credit agreement to fund our seasonal needs for working capital. We have signedDuring 2021, we entered into a commitment letterSecond Amendment to our Credit Agreement. The execution of the Second Amendment, among other things, terminated the FILO Term Loans and converted those commitments to the Revolving Credit Facility. The total size of the Credit Agreement remained at $200 million, and the Company has an option to the increase the amounts available under this Revolving Credit Facility and may need to access additional sourcesa maximum total amount of capital$250 million. The maturity date of the Credit Agreement was extended to satisfy our liquidity needs.April 30, 2026. Our access to the Revolving Credit Facility depends on our ability to meet the conditions for borrowing, including that all representations are true and correct at the time of the borrowing. There is no assurance that we will be able to consummate the commitment letter. Also, there is no assurance that we could obtain additional financing on acceptable terms, if at all. Our failure to meet these requirements or obtain additional or alternative sources of capital could impact:

·

our ability to fund working capital, capital expenditures, store expansion and other general corporate purposes;

·

our ability to meet our liquidity needs, arising from, among other things, legal matters; and

15


·

our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate.

18

Risks Related to Our Information Technology

If our management information systems, including our digital platform or our Customer Relationship Center, experience disruptions, it could disrupt our business and reduce our net sales.

We depend on our management information systems to integrate the activities of our stores, digital platform and Customer Relationship Center, to process orders, make outgoing calls to customers, to respond to customer inquiries, to manage inventory, to purchase merchandise and to sell and ship goods on a timely basis. We may experience operational problems with our information systems as a result of system failures, viruses, computer “hackers” or other causes. We may incur significant expenses in order to repair any such operational problems. Any significant disruption or slowdown of our systems could cause information, including data related to customer orders, to be lost or delayed, which could result in delays in the delivery of products to our stores and customers or lost sales. For example, as we previously disclosed in August 2019, we experienced a malicious network security incident during that year for approximately a week that prevented access to several of our information technology systems and data within our networks. Based on the nature of the network security incident, the impact on our information technology systems and the results of the forensic IT analysis, we do not believe confidential customer, employee or company data was lost or disclosed. Moreover, our entire corporate network, including our telephone lines, is on an Internet-based network, which is vulnerable to certain risks and uncertainties, including changes in the required technology interfaces, digital platform downtime and other technical failures, security breaches and customer privacy concerns. Accordingly, if our network is disrupted or if we cannot successfully maintain our digital platform and Customer Relationship Center in good working order, we may experience delayed communications within our operations and between our customers and ourselves, and may not be able to communicate at all via our network, including via telephones connected to our network.

We may incur costs and losses resulting from security risks we face in connection with our electronic processing, transmission and storage of confidential customer information.

We accept electronic payment cards for payment in our stores and through our call center.Customer Relationship Center. In addition, our online operations depend upon the secure transmission of confidential information over public networks, including information permitting cashless payments. As a result, we may become subject to claims for purportedly fraudulent transactions arising out of the actual or alleged theft of credit or debit card information, and we may also be subject to lawsuits or other proceedings relating to these types of incidents. Further, a compromise of our security systems that results in our customers’ personal information being obtained by unauthorized persons could adversely affect our reputation with our customers and others, as well as our operations, results of operations and financial condition, and could result in litigation against us or the imposition of penalties. A security breach could also require that we expend significant additional resources related to the security of information systems and could result in a disruption of our operations, particularly our online sales operations.

Additionally, privacy and information security laws and regulations change, and compliance with them may result in cost increases due to necessary systems changes and the development of new administrative processes. If we fail to comply with these laws and regulations or experience a data security breach, our reputation could be damaged, possibly resulting in lost future business, and we could be subjected to additional legal risk as a result of non-compliance.

If our management information systems, including our website or our call center, experience disruptions, it could disrupt our business and reduce our net sales.

We depend on our management information systems to integrate the activities of our stores, website and call center, to process orders, to respond to customer inquiries, to manage inventory, to purchase merchandise and to sell and ship goods on a timely basis.  We may experience operational problems with our information systems as a result of system failures, viruses, computer “hackers” or other causes.  We may incur significant expenses in order to repair any such operational problems.  Any significant disruption or slowdown of our systems could cause information, including data related to customer orders, to be lost or delayed, which could result in delays in the delivery of products to our stores and customers or lost sales.  Moreover, our entire corporate network, including our telephone lines, is on an Internet-based network, which is vulnerable to certain risks and uncertainties, including changes in required technology interfaces, website downtime and other technical failures, security breaches and customer privacy concerns. Accordingly, if our network is disrupted or if we cannot successfully maintain our website and call center in good working order, we may experience delayed communications within our operations and between our customers and ourselves, and may not be able to communicate at all via our network, including via telephones connected to our network.

Alternative e-commerce and online shopping offerings may erode our customer base and adversely affect our business.

Our long-term future depends heavily upon the general public’s willingness to use our stores as a means to purchase goods. In recent years, e-commerce has become more widely accepted as a means of purchasing consumer goods and services, which could adversely impact customer traffic in our stores. Additionally, certain of our competitors offer alternative e-commerce and online shopping. If consumers use alternative e-commerce and online shopping offerings to conduct business as opposed to our store locations, it could materially adversely impact our net sales and operating results.

1619


Risks Relating to Our Competitive Positioning

A tarnished brand or ineffectiveness of our advertising strategy could result in reduced customer traffic, thereby impacting net sales and profitability.

We believe that our growth thus far was achieved in part through our successful investment in local and national advertising. Historically, we have used extensive advertising to encourage customers to drive to our stores, which were generally located some distance from population centers in areas that have lower rents than traditional retail locations. Further, a significant portion of our advertising was directed at the DIY and DIFM customers. While our marketing strategy continues to support these strategies, we have broadened the reach and frequency of our advertising to increase the awareness of our value proposition and the number of customers served. If there is are negative perceptions about our brand to our customers, our advertisements fail to draw customers in the future, or if the cost of advertising or other marketing materials increases significantly, we could experience declines in our net sales and operating results.

Competition could cause price declines, decrease demand for our products and decrease our market share.

We operate in the wood flooring industry, which is highly fragmented and competitive.  We face significant competition from national and regional home improvement chains, national and regional specialty flooring chains, Internet-based companies and privately owned single-site enterprises.  We compete on the basis of price, customer service, store location and the range, quality and availability of the hardwood flooring that we offer our customers.  If our positioning with regard to one or more of these factors should erode, deteriorate, fail to resonate with consumers or misalign with demand or expectations, our business and results may be negatively impacted.

Our competitive position is also influenced by the availability, quality and cost of merchandise, labor costs, distribution and sales efficiencies and our productivity compared to that of our competitors. Further, as we expand into new and unfamiliar markets, we may face different competitive environments than in the past. Likewise, as we continue to enhance and develop our product offerings, we may experience new competitive conditions.

Some of our competitors are larger organizations, have existed longer, are more diversified in the products they offer and have a more established market presence with substantially greater financial, marketing, personnel and other resources than we have. In addition, our competitors may forecast market developments more accurately than we do, develop products that are superior to ours, produce similar products at a lower cost or adapt more quickly to new technologies or evolving customer requirements than we do. Intense competitive pressures from one or more of our competitors could cause price declines, decrease demand for our products and decrease our market share.

Hardwood flooring may become less popular as compared to other types of floor coverings in the future.  For example, our products are made using various hardwood species, including rare exotic hardwood species, and concern over the environmental impact of tree harvesting could shift consumer preferences towards synthetic or inorganic flooring.  In addition, hardwood flooring competes against carpet, vinyl sheet, vinyl tile, ceramic tile, natural stone and other types of floor coverings.  If consumer preferences shift toward types of floor coverings that we do not sell, we may experience decreased demand for our products.

All of these competitive factors may harm us and reduce our net sales and operating results.

Risks Related to Accounting Standards and Internal Controls 

Changes in accounting standards, subjective assumptions, estimates and judgments by management related to complex accounting matters, and failures in internal control could significantly affect our financial results.

Generally accepted accounting principles and related accounting pronouncements, implementation guidelines and interpretations with regard to a wide range of matters that are relevant to our business, including but not limited to, consolidation, revenue recognition, stock-based compensation, lease accounting, sales returns reserves, inventories, self-insurance, income taxes, deferred taxes, valuation allowances, unclaimed property laws and litigation, are highly

17


complex and involve many subjective assumptions, estimates and judgments by our management. Changes in these rules or their interpretation or changes in underlying assumptions, estimates or judgments by our management could significantly change our reported or expected financial performance, which may have a material effect on our results of operation.

Failure to maintain effective systems of internal and disclosure control could have a material adverse effect on our results of operation and financial condition.

Effective internal and disclosure controls are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and effectively prevent fraud, and to operate successfully as a public company. If we cannot provide reliable financial reports or prevent fraud, our reputation and operating results would be harmed. As part of our ongoing monitoring of internal control, we may discover material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in internal control that require remediation.

In the current period, we identified a material weakness as discussed in Item 9A. Additionally, we have in the past discovered, and may in the future discover, areas of internal controls that need improvement. Regardless, we continue to work to remediate and improve our internal controls. We cannot be certain that these measures will ensure that we implement and maintain adequate controls over our financial processes and reporting in the future. Any failure to maintain effective controls or to timely implement any necessary improvement of our internal and disclosure controls could, among other things, result in losses from fraud or error, harm our reputation, or cause investors to lose confidence in the reported financial information, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operation and financial condition.

Risks Relating to Our Common Stock

Our common stock price may be volatile and all or part of any investment in our common stock may be lost.

The market price of our common stock could fluctuate significantly based on various factors, including, but not limited to:

·

our concentration in the cyclical home improvement industry;

trading activity of our current or future stockholders, including common stock transactions by our directors and executive officers;
trading activity by retail investors participating in online investing forums or chat rooms;
industry-related trends and growth prospects; and
unfavorable market reactions to allegations regarding the safety of our products and the related litigation and/or government investigations resulting therefrom, as well as any payments, judgments or other losses in connection with such allegations and any resultant lawsuits and/or investigations;

investigations.

·

trading activity of our current or future stockholders, including common stock transactions by our directors and executive officers;

·

industry-related trends and growth prospects; and

·

our concentration in the cyclical home furnishings industry.

In addition, the stock market may experience significant price and volume fluctuations. These fluctuations may be unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies but may cause declines in the market price of our common stock. The price of our common stock could fluctuate based upon factors that have little or nothing to do with us or our performance.

Our quarterly operating results may fluctuate significantly and could fall below the expectations of research analysts and investors due to various factors.

Research analysts and investors develop expectations on how we may perform using a variety of metrics, including, but not limited to, sales, comparable store sales and gross profit. However, in any given quarter, actual performance may vary from these expectations, causing significant fluctuations in our stock price.

18


Our anti-takeover defense provisions may cause our common stock to trade at market prices lower than it might absent such provisions.

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws contain provisions that may make it more difficult or expensive for a third party to acquire control of us without the approval of our board of directors. These provisions include a staggered board, the availability of “blank check” preferred stock, provisions restricting stockholders from calling a special meeting of stockholders or from taking action by written consent and provisions that set forth advance notice procedures for stockholders’ nominations of directors and proposals of topics for consideration at meetings of stockholders. Our certificate of incorporation also provides that Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which relates to business combinations with interested stockholders, applies to us. These provisions may delay, prevent or deter a merger, or other transaction that might otherwise result in our stockholders receiving a premium over the market price for their common stock. In addition, these provisions may cause our common stock to trade at a market price lower than it might absent such provisions.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments.

None.

20

Item 2. Properties.

As of March 1, 2019,February 18, 2022, we operated 412428 stores located in 47 states, and Canada,  including onewith four new stores opening and two closings since December 31, 2018.  In addition to our eight stores in Ontario, Canada, the2021. The table below sets forth the locations (alphabetically by state) of our 404 U.S.428 stores in operation as of March 1, 2019.February 18, 2022.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

State

    

Stores

    

State

    

Stores

    

State

    

Stores

    

State 

    

Stores

Stores

State

Stores

State

Stores

State

Stores

Alabama

 

6

 

Iowa

 

3

 

Nebraska

 

2

 

Rhode Island

 

1

6

Iowa

3

Nebraska

2

Rhode Island

1

Arizona

 

6

 

Kansas

 

3

 

Nevada

 

4

 

South Carolina

 

10

6

Kansas

3

Nevada

3

South Carolina

10

Arkansas

 

2

 

Kentucky

 

5

 

New Hampshire

 

5

 

South Dakota

 

1

3

Kentucky

5

New Hampshire

5

South Dakota

2

California

 

45

 

Louisiana

 

6

 

New Jersey

 

14

 

Tennessee

 

6

43

Louisiana

6

New Jersey

14

Tennessee

9

Colorado

 

9

 

Maine

 

3

 

New Mexico

 

1

 

Texas

 

29

10

Maine

3

New Mexico

1

Texas

30

Connecticut

 

8

 

Maryland

 

10

 

New York

 

21

 

Utah

 

3

7

Maryland

9

New York

22

Utah

3

Delaware

 

4

 

Massachusetts

 

10

 

North Carolina

 

14

 

Vermont

 

1

4

Massachusetts

12

North Carolina

16

Vermont

1

Florida

 

31

 

Michigan

 

11

 

North Dakota

 

1

 

Virginia

 

15

32

Michigan

12

North Dakota

1

Virginia

17

Georgia

 

11

 

Minnesota

 

7

 

Ohio

 

13

 

Washington

 

9

11

Minnesota

7

Ohio

15

Washington

10

Idaho

 

2

 

Mississippi

 

3

 

Oklahoma

 

3

 

West Virginia

 

3

2

Mississippi

4

Oklahoma

3

West Virginia

5

Illinois

 

15

 

Missouri

 

5

 

Oregon

 

8

 

Wisconsin

 

6

15

Missouri

7

Oregon

9

Wisconsin

7

Indiana

 

8

 

Montana

 

1

 

Pennsylvania

 

20

 

 

 

 

10

Montana

1

Pennsylvania

21

We lease all of our stores as well as our corporate headquarters, which is currently located in Toano,Richmond, Virginia. OurThe corporate headquarters is located on a 74-acre plot, is 307,784 square feet, of which approximately 32,000 square feet are office space, and includes our call center, corporate offices, a distribution facility and two finishing lines. In July 2018, we announced that we will relocate our corporate headquarters and call center from Toano, Virginia to Richmond, Virginia. On October 19, 2018, we entered into an agreement to lease the new headquarters location which covers an existing building consisting ofis approximately 53,000 rentable square feet. We currently lease space near the new headquarters location as a satellite office for various administrative functions and expect to continue that lease or lease similar property in Richmond, Virginia for our call center operations. We expect the relocation to the new headquarters to take place in late 2019. Based on the Company’s internal review of its Bellawood products finishing operation and related equipment in 2018, the Company ceased finishing flooring in January 2019 and outsourced this business to focus on its core retail operations.functions.

In addition, we own a one million square foot distribution center on approximately 100 acres of land in Henrico County, Virginia.Virginia, near Richmond. We lease a 504,016 square foot facility in Pomona, California, which, along with our facility in Virginia, serve as our primary distribution facilities.

19


Item 3. Legal Proceedings.

Governmental Investigations 

In March 2015, the Company received a grand jury subpoena issued in connection with a criminal investigation being conducted by the U.S. Attorney’s Office for the Eastern District of Virginia (the “U.S. Attorney”). In addition, on May 19, 2015, July 13, 2015 and March 11, 2016, the Company received subpoenas from the New York Regional Office of the SEC in connection with an inquiry by the SEC staff. The focus of the investigations primarily related to compliance with disclosure, financial reporting and trading requirements under the federal securities laws. The Company cooperated with the investigations and produced documents and other information responsive to subpoenas and other requests received from the parties.

The Company has recently concluded negotiations with the U.S. Attorney, the DOJ and the SEC concerning the resolution of their criminal and civil investigations into the public disclosures the Company made in March 2015 concerning whether its Chinese made laminates were compliant with certain California state regulatory requirements (the “Investigations”). In connection with the Investigations, the Company (i) entered into a Deferred Prosecution Agreement (“DPA”) with the U.S. Attorney and the DOJ on March 12, 2019 and (ii) submitted an Offer of Settlement to the SEC on March 12, 2019. On March 12, 2019 the SEC approved the Offer and issued an Order Instituting Cease-and-Desist Proceedings Pursuant to Section 21C of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, Making Findings, and Imposing a Cease-and-Desist Order (the “Order”). The DPA and the Order are collectively referred to herein as the “Agreements”. Pursuant to the DPA, the U.S. Attorney and the DOJ filed a one count criminal information in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Virginia, charging the Company with securities fraud in connection with the March 2015 8-K. The U.S. Attorney and the DOJ agreed that if the Company fully complies with all of its obligations under the DPA, the U.S. Attorney and the DOJ will, at the conclusion of the DPA’s three-year term, seek dismissal with prejudice of the criminal information filed against the Company. Pursuant to the Order, the SEC ordered the Company to cease and desist from committing or causing any violations and any future violations of the relevant provisions of the federal securities laws and required disgorgement as discussed in the following paragraph.

Under the DPA, the Company is required, among other things, to (1) pay a fine in the amount of $19,095,648 to the United States Treasury, (2) forfeit to the U.S. Attorney and the DOJ the sum of $13,904,352, of which up to $6,097,298 will be submitted by the Company to the SEC in disgorgement and prejudgment interest under the Order and (3) adopt a new compliance program, or modify its existing one, including internal controls, compliance policies, and procedures in order to ensure that the Company maintains an effective system of internal account controls designed to ensure the making and keeping of fair and accurate books, records and accounts, as well as a compliance program designed to prevent and detect violations of certain federal securities laws throughout its operations. The Company will also be required to report to the U.S. Attorney and DOJ annually during the term of the DPA regarding remediation and implementation of the compliance measures described in the DPA.

The Agreements also provide that the Company will continue to cooperate with the U.S. Attorney, the DOJ and the SEC in all matters relating to the conduct described in the Agreements and, at the request of the U.S. Attorney, the DOJ, or the SEC, the Company will cooperate fully with other domestic or foreign law enforcement authorities and agencies in any investigation of the Company in any and all matters relating to the Agreements. In the event the Company breaches the DPA, there is a risk the government would seek to impose remedies provided for in the DPA, including instituting criminal prosecution against the Company.

The Company has accrued a charge of $33 million within selling, general and administrative expenses in its December 31, 2018 financial statements, reflecting the amounts owed under the Agreements. The Company expects to remit all amounts within 30 days of entering into the Agreements and has included the liability in the caption “Accrual for Legal Matters and Settlements Current” on its balance sheet. The Company expects to remit all amounts within 30 days of entering into the Agreements and has included the liability in the caption “Accrual for Legal Matters and Settlements Current” on its balance sheet.

20


Litigation Relating to Bamboo Flooring

On or about December 8, 2014, Dana Gold (“Gold”) filed a purported class action lawsuit in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California alleging that the Morning Star bamboo flooring that the Company sells is defective (the “Gold Litigation”). Plaintiffs have narrowed the complaint to the Company’s Morning Star Strand Bamboo flooring (the “Strand Bamboo Product”) sold to residents of California, Florida, Illinois, Minnesota, Pennsylvania and West Virginia for personal, family or household use.  The Gold Litigation plaintiffs allege that the Company has engaged in deceptive trade practice acts in conjunction with the sale of the Strand Bamboo Products. The plaintiffs did not quantify any alleged damages in their complaint but, in addition to attorneys’ fees and costs, the plaintiffs sought a declaration that the Company’s actions violate the law and that it is financially responsible for notifying all purported class members, injunctive relief requiring the Company to replace and/or repair all of the Strand Bamboo Product installed in structures owned by the purported class members and a declaration that the Company must disgorge, for the benefit of the purported classes, all or part of the profits received from the sale of the allegedly defective Strand Bamboo Product and/or to make full restitution to the plaintiffs and the purported class members. In November 2017, the court granted the plaintiffs’ motion for class certificationInformation with respect to the six states. The Company appealed the decision, but the petition for appeal was denied. On January 2, 2019, the court denied the Company’s motion for summary judgment. The Company has participatedthis item may be found in court-ordered mediation sessions. Trial, which was previously scheduled for February 25, 2019, has been postponed.

Following settlement discussions with the respectNote 10, “Commitments and Contingencies”, to the Gold Litigation, on March 15, 2019, the Company entered into a Memorandumconsolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Understanding with Gold and certain other lead plaintiffs in the Gold Litigation (the “MOU”), which would resolve all disputes on a nationwide basis. Under the terms of the MOU, the Company will contribute $14 million in cash and provide $14 million in store-credit vouchers, with a potential additional $2 million in store-credit vouchers based on obtaining a claim’s percentage of more than 7%, for an aggregate settlement of up to $30 million. The MOU is subject to certain contingencies, including the execution of a definitive settlement agreement, board approval of the definitive settlement agreement, and court approvals. The entry into the MOU or any subsequent execution of a definitive settlement agreement does not constitute an admission by the Company of any fault or liability and the Company does not admit any fault or liability. There can be no assurance that a settlement will be finalized and approved or as to the ultimate outcome of the litigation. If a final, court-approved settlement is not reached, the Company will defend the matter vigorously and believes there are meritorious defenses and legal standards that must be met for, among other things, success on the merits. The Company has notified its insurance carriers and continues to pursue coverage. As the insurance claim is still pending, the Company has not recognized any insurance recovery related to the Gold Litigation.

As a result of these developments, the Company has determined that a probable loss has been incurred and has recognized a charge to earnings of $28 million within selling general and administrative expense during the fourth quarter of 2018 with the offset in the caption “Accrual for Legal Matters – Current” on its balance sheet related to this potential settlement as of December 31, 2018. If the Company does not execute a definitive settlement agreement consistent with the MOU or incurs losses with the respect to the Bamboo Flooring Litigation, the actual losses that may result from these actions may exceed this amount. Any such losses could, potentially, have a material adverse effect, individually or collectively, on the Company’s results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.

In addition, there are a number of other claims and lawsuits alleging damages similar to those in the Gold Litigation (the “Bamboo Flooring Litigation”). While the Company believes that a loss associated with the Bamboo Flooring Litigation is reasonably possible, the Company is unable to reasonably estimate the amount or range of possible loss. Any such losses could, potentially, have a material adverse effect, individually or collectively, on the Company’s results of operations, financial condition, and liquidity. The Company disputes the claims in the Bamboo Flooring Litigation and intends to defend such matters vigorously.

Litigation Relating to Chinese Laminates

Formaldehyde-Abrasion MDLs

Beginning on or about March 3, 2015, numerous purported class action cases were filed in various U.S. federal district courts and state courts involving claims of excessive formaldehyde emissions from the Company’s Chinese-

21


manufactured laminate flooring products. The purported classes consisted of all U.S. consumers that purchased the relevant products during certain time periods. Plaintiffs in these cases challenged the Company’s labeling of its products as compliant with the California Air Resources Board Regulation and alleged claims for fraudulent concealment, breach of warranty, negligent misrepresentation and violation of various state consumer protection statutes. The plaintiffs sought various forms of declaratory and injunctive relief and unquantified damages, including restitution and actual, compensatory, consequential and, in certain cases, punitive damages, as well as interest, costs and attorneys’ fees incurred by the plaintiffs and other purported class members in connection with the alleged claims. The United States Judicial Panel on Multidistrict Litigation (the “MDL Panel”) transferred and consolidated the federal cases to the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Virginia (the “Virginia Court”). The consolidated case in the Virginia Court is captioned In re: Lumber Liquidators Chinese-Manufactured Flooring Products Marketing, Sales, Practices and Products Liability Litigation (the “Formaldehyde MDL”).

Beginning on or about May 20, 2015, multiple class actions were filed in the United States District Court for the Central District of California and other district courts located in the place of residence of each non-California plaintiffs consisting of U.S. consumers who purchased the Company’s Chinese-manufactured laminate flooring products challenging certain representations about the durability and abrasion class ratings of such products. These plaintiffs asserted claims for fraudulent concealment, breach of warranty and violation of various state consumer protection statutes. The plaintiffs did not quantify any alleged damages in these cases; however, in addition to attorneys’ fees and costs, they did seek an order (i) certifying the action as a class action, (ii) adopting the plaintiffs’ class definitions and finding that the plaintiffs are their proper representatives, (iii) appointing their counsel as class counsel, (iv) granting injunctive relief to prohibit the Company from continuing to advertise and/or sell laminate flooring products with false abrasion class ratings, (v) providing restitution of all monies the Company received from the plaintiffs and class members and (vi) providing damages (actual, compensatory and consequential), as well as punitive damages. On October 3, 2016, the MDL Panel transferred and consolidated the abrasion class actions to the Virginia Court. The consolidated case is captioned In re: Lumber Liquidators Chinese-Manufactured Laminate Flooring Durability Marketing and Sales Practices Litigation (the “Abrasion MDL”). 

On March 15, 2018, the Company entered into a settlement agreement to jointly settle the Formaldehyde MDL and the Abrasion MDL. Under the terms of the settlement agreement, the Company has agreed to fund $22 million (the “Cash Payment”) and provide $14 million in store-credit vouchers for an aggregate settlement amount of $36 million to settle claims brought on behalf of purchasers of Chinese-made laminate flooring sold by the Company between January 1, 2009 and May 31, 2015. The $36 million aggregate settlement amount was accrued in 2017. On June 16, 2018, the Virginia Court issued an order that, among other things, granted preliminary approval of the settlement agreement. Following the preliminary approval, and pursuant to the terms of the settlement agreement, the Company, in June, paid $0.5 million for settlement administration costs,Part II, which is part of the Cash Payment, to the plaintiffs’ settlement escrow account. Subsequent to the Final Approval and Fairness Hearing held on October 3, 2018, the Court approved the settlement on October 9, 2018 and, as a result, the Company paid $21.5 million in cash into the plaintiffs’ settlement escrow account. To date, insurers have denied coverage with respect to the Formaldehyde MDL and Abrasion MDL. incorporated herein by reference.

On November 8, 2018, an individual filed a Notice of Appeal in the United States Court of Appeals for the Fourth Circuit (the “Appeals Court”) challenging the settlement. On December 14, 2018, another individual filed a Notice of Appeal in the Appeals Court. Subsequently, the Appeals Court consolidated both appeals and entered a briefing schedule. Vouchers, which generally have a three-year life, will be distributed by the administrator upon order of the Court. At December 31, 2018, the Company’s obligations related to Formaldehyde MDL and Abrasion MDL consisted of a short-term payable of $35.5 million with $14 million expected to be satisfied by the issuance of vouchers. If the appeals were to result in the settlement being set aside, the Company would receive $21.5 million back from the escrow agent. Accordingly, the Company has accounted for the payment of $21.5 million as a deposit in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. The Company has no liability accrued related to the appeals.

In addition to those purchasers who elected to opt out of the above settlement (the “Opt Outs”), there are a number of individual claims and lawsuits alleging personal injuries, breach of warranty claims or violation of state consumer protection statutes that remain pending (collectively, the “Remaining Laminate Matters”). Certain of these Remaining Laminate Matters were settled in 2018. The Company recognized charges to earnings of $3 million and $1 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, within selling, general and administrative

22


expenses for these Remaining Laminate Matters. While the Company believes that a further loss associated with the Opt Outs and Remaining Laminate Matters is possible, the Company is unable to reasonably estimate the amount or range of possible loss beyond what has been provided. Any such losses could, potentially, have a material adverse effect, individually or collectively, on the Company’s results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.

Canadian Litigation

On or about April 1, 2015, Sarah Steele (“Steele”) filed a purported class action lawsuit in the Ontario, Canada Superior Court of Justice against the Company. In the complaint, Steele’s allegations include strict liability, breach of implied warranty of fitness for a particular purpose, breach of implied warranty of merchantability, fraud by concealment, civil negligence, negligent misrepresentation and breach of implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing. Steele did not quantify any alleged damages in her complaint, but seeks compensatory damages, punitive, exemplary and aggravated damages, statutory remedies, attorneys’ fees and costs. While the Company believes that a further loss associated with the Steele litigation is possible, the Company is unable to reasonably estimate the amount or range of possible loss.

Employment Cases

Mason Lawsuit

On or about August 15, 2017, Ashleigh Mason, Dan Morse, Ryan Carroll and Osagie Ehigie filed a purported class action lawsuit in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of New York on behalf of all current and former store managers, store managers in training, installation sales managers and similarly situated current and former employees holding comparable positions but different titles (collectively, the “Putative Class Employees”) alleging that the Company violated the Fair Labor Standards Act (“FLSA”) and New York Labor Law (“NYLL”) by classifying the Putative Class Employees as exempt. The alleged violations include failure to pay for overtime work. The plaintiffs seek certification of the Putative Class Employees for (i) a collective action covering the period beginning three years and 115 days prior to the filing of the complaint through the disposition of this action for the Putative Class Employees nationwide in connection with FLSA and (ii) a class action covering the period beginning six years and 115 days prior to the filing of the complaint through the disposition of this action for members of the Putative Class Employees who currently are or were employed in New York in connection with NYLL. The plaintiffs did not quantify any alleged damages but, in addition to attorneys’ fees and costs, the plaintiffs seek class certification, unspecified amount for unpaid wages and overtime wages, liquidated and/or punitive damages, declaratory relief, restitution, statutory penalties, injunctive relief and other damages. In November 2018, the plaintiffs filed a motion requesting conditional certification for all Putative Class Employees who worked within the federal statute of limitations period. The Company filed its opposition to this motion, which is now pending before the court.

Kramer Lawsuit

On or about November 17, 2017, Robert J. Kramer, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated (collectively, the “Kramer Plaintiffs”) filed a purported class action lawsuit in the Superior Court of California, County of Sacramento on behalf of all current and former store managers, all others with similar job functions and/or titles and all current and former employees classified as non-exempt or incorrectly classified as exempt and who worked for the Company in the State of California (collectively, the “CSM Employees”) alleging violation of the California Labor Code including, among other items, failure to pay wages and overtime and engaging in unfair business practices. The Kramer Plaintiffs seek certification of the CSM Employees for a class action covering the prior four-year period prior to the filing of the complaint through the disposition of this action for the CSM Employees who currently are or were employed in California (the “California SM Class”). The Kramer Plaintiffs did not quantify any alleged damages but, in addition to attorneys’ fees and costs, the Kramer Plaintiffs seek unspecified amounts for unpaid wages and overtime wages, liquidated and/or punitive damages, declaratory relief, restitution, statutory penalties, injunctive relief and other damages. The Company disputes the Kramer Plaintiffs’ claims and intends to defend the matter vigorously. Given the uncertainty of litigation, the preliminary stage of the case and the legal standards that must be met for, among other things, class certification and success on the merits, the Company cannot estimate the reasonably possible loss or range

23


of loss, if any, that may result from this action and therefore no accrual has been made related to this. Any such losses could, potentially, have a material adverse effect, individually or collectively, on the Company’s results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.

Antidumping and Countervailing Duties Investigation

In October 2010, a conglomeration of domestic manufacturers of multilayered wood flooring (“Petitioners”) filed a petition seeking the imposition of antidumping (“AD”) and countervailing duties (“CVD”) with the United States Department of Commerce (“DOC”) and the United States International Trade Commission (“ITC”) against imports of multilayered wood flooring from China. This ruling applies to companies importing multilayered wood flooring from Chinese suppliers subject to the AD and CVD orders. The Company’s multilayered wood flooring imports from China accounted for approximately 7% and 8% of its flooring purchases in 2018 and 2017, respectively. The Company’s consistent view through the course of this matter has been, and remains, that its imports are neither dumped nor subsidized.

As part of its processes in these proceedings, following the original investigation, the DOC conducts annual administrative reviews of the CVD and AD rates. In such cases, the DOC will issue preliminary rates that are not binding and are subject to comment by interested parties. After consideration of the comments received, the DOC will issue final rates for the applicable period, which may lag by a year or more. As rates are adjusted through the administrative reviews, the Company adjusts its payments prospectively based on the final rate. The Company will begin to pay the finalized rates on each applicable future purchase when recognized by U.S. Customs and Border Protection.

The DOC made its initial determinations in the original investigation regarding CVD and AD rates on April 6, 2011 and May 26, 2011, respectively. On December 8, 2011, orders were issued setting final AD and CVD rates at a maximum of 3.3% and 1.5%, respectively. These rates became effective in the form of additional duty deposits, which the Company has paid, and applied retroactively to the DOC initial determinations.

Following the issuance of these orders, a number of appeals were filed by several parties, including the Company, with the Court of International Trade (“CIT”) challenging, among other things, certain facts and methodologies that may impact the validity of the AD and CVD orders and the applicable rates. The Company participated in appeals of both the AD order and CVD order. On February 15, 2017, the Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit (“CAFC”) vacated the CIT’s prior decision and remanded with instructions to the DOC to recalculate its AD rate. On remand, the DOC granted a 0% AD rate to eight Chinese suppliers, but did not exclude them permanently from the AD order. Nor did the CIT terminate the AD order. In July 2018, the CIT issued a judgment sustaining the DOC’s calculation of 0% for the eight suppliers, but also excluded three of them from the AD order. Certain Chinese suppliers and the Petitioners have appealed this judgment to the CAFC. The Company is evaluating the impact of the CIT’s judgment on its previously recorded expense related to the AD rates in the original investigation and subsequent annual reviews discussed below. Because of the length of time for finalization of rates as well as appeals, any subsequent adjustment of CVD and AD rates typically flows through a period different from those in which the inventory was originally purchased and/or sold.

In the first DOC annual review in this matter, AD rates for the period from May 26, 2011 through November 30, 2012, and CVD rates from April 6, 2011 through December 31, 2011, were modified to a maximum of 5.92% and a maximum of 0.83%, respectively, which resulted in an additional payment obligation for the Company, based on best estimates and shipments during the applicable window, of $0.8 million. The Company recorded this as a long-term liability on its accompanying consolidated balance sheet and in cost of sales in its second quarter 2015 financial statements. These AD rates were appealed to the CIT by several parties, including the Company. On remand from the CIT, the DOC has reduced the AD rate to 0.73%. In June 2018, the CIT sustained the reduced AD rate of 0.73% but did remand back to the DOC the issue regarding the calculation of the electricity rate, which, depending on that outcome, may cause a revision to the final AD rate. That remand from the DOC is still pending. This ruling from the CIT resulted in the Company reversing the $0.8 million accrual and recording a receivable of approximately $1.3 million during the second quarter of 2018.

24


The second annual review of the AD and CVD rates was initiated in February 2014. Pursuant to the second annual review, in early July 2015, the DOC finalized the AD rate for the period from December 1, 2012 through November 30, 2013 at a maximum of 13.74% and the CVD rate for the period from January 1, 2012 through December 31, 2012 at a maximum of 0.99%. The Company believes the best estimate of the probable additional amounts owed was $4.1 million for shipments during the applicable time periods, which was recorded as a long-term liability on its accompanying consolidated balance sheet and included in cost of sales in its second quarter 2015 financial statements. Beginning in July 2015, the Company began depositing these rates on each applicable purchase. The Company and other parties appealed the AD rates relating to this second annual review to the CIT. In June 2018, the court remanded the case back to the DOC to recalculate several of its adjustments, which is likely to cause a revision to the AD rate. The DOC has requested an extension to issue its recalculation on remand to the CIT until November 2018. However, that remand from the DOC is still pending.

The third annual review of the AD and CVD rates was initiated in February 2015. The third AD review covered shipments from December 1, 2013 through November 30, 2014. The third CVD review covered shipments from January 1, 2013 through December 31, 2013. In May 2016, the DOC issued the final CVD rate in the third review, which was a maximum of 1.38%. On July 13, 2016, the DOC set the final AD rate at a maximum of 17.37%. The Company appealed the AD rates to the CIT. In November 2018, the CIT issued an opinion sustaining the DOC’s results, that decision was appealed to the CAFC by certain plaintiff interveners in January 2019. The Company’s best estimate of the probable additional amounts owed associated with AD and CVD is approximately $5.5 million for shipments during the applicable time periods. During the quarter ended June 30, 2016, the Company recorded this amount in other long-term liabilities in its balance sheet and as a charge to earnings in cost of sales on its statement of operations.

In February 2016, the DOC initiated the fourth annual review of AD and CVD rates, which followed a similar schedule as the preceding review. The AD review covered shipments from December 1, 2014 through November 30, 2015. The CVD review covered shipments from January 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014. In May 2017, the DOC issued the final CVD rate in the fourth review, which was a maximum of 1.45%, and, in June 2017, the final AD rate in the fourth review, which was a maximum of 0.00%. In October 2017, Petitioners withdrew their CIT appeal of the AD rates. As a result, the CIT dismissed the case and these rates are now final. The Company paid AD rates in excess of the final rates during the periods impacted by the fourth annual review in the amount of $2.5 million and recorded a benefit in cost of sales with a corresponding receivable. The Company collected most of this receivable during 2018 and as of December 31, 2018, had a $0.1 million receivable remaining.

The DOC initiated the fifth annual review of AD and CVD rates in February 2017. The AD review covers shipments from December 1, 2015 through November 30, 2016. The CVD review covers shipments from January 1, 2015 through December 31, 2015. In June 2018, the DOC issued the final CVD rate in the fifth review, which was a maximum of 0.85% (with one company having a rate of 0.11%). In July 2018, the DOC issued the final AD rate in the fifth review, which was a maximum of 0.00% and, the Company recorded a receivable in the amount of $2.8 million in other current assets in its balance sheet. In connection with the issuance of the final CVD rate, with one company having a rate of 0.11%, the Company recorded a receivable of less than $100 thousand.

The first 5-year Sunset Review of the AD and CVD orders on multilayered wood flooring (the “Sunset Review”) began in November 2016 at the ITC to determine whether to terminate the orders. The Company participated fully in this Sunset Review. In December 2017, the ITC determined that the AD and CVD orders will remain in place. The appeal of this determination by certain importers was filed but not subsequently pursued.

The DOC initiated the sixth annual review of AD and CVD rates in February 2018. The AD review covers shipments from December 1, 2016 through November 30, 2017. The CVD review covers shipments from January 1, 2016 through December 31, 2016. In December 2018, the DOC issued non-binding preliminary results in the sixth annual review for CVD rates and AD rates. The preliminary AD rate was a maximum of 48.26% due in part to one of the two individually reviewed companies’ failure to respond fully to the DOC’s request for information. The preliminary CVD rate was a maximum of 2.81%. The final CVD and AD rates in the sixth annual review are currently expected to be issued in April 2019. If the preliminary AD rate were to be finalized, the Company currently expects that it would appeal such ruling. If the preliminary ruling regarding the AD Rate were to be finalized, the Company anticipates it would record a net liability of approximately $1.1 million.

25


The DOC initiated the seventh annual review of the AD and CVD rates in March 2019, which is expected to follow the same schedule as the preceding reviews.The AD review covers shipments from December 1, 2017 through November 30, 2018. The CVD review covers shipments from January 1, 2017 through December 31, 2017.

Outstanding AD and CVD duties are subject to interest based on the IRS quarterly published rate. The Company has recorded a net $1.2 million of interest expense through the line item Other Expense on the Statement of Operations.

Other Matters

The Company is also, from time to time, subject to claims and disputes arising in the normal course of business. In the opinion of management, while the outcome of any such claims and disputes cannot be predicted with certainty, its ultimate liability in connection with these matters is not expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or liquidity.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures.

None.

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.

Market Information

Our common stock trades on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the trading symbol “LL.” We are authorized to issue up to 35,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001. Total shares of common stock outstanding at March 1, 2019February 18, 2022 were 28,640,26429,140,469 and we had sixfour stockholders of record. In February 2022, we increased our share repurchase program authorization to $50 million.

21

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

The following table presents our share repurchase activity for the quarter ended December 31, 20182021 (dollars in thousands, except per share amounts):

Total Number

Maximum Dollar Value

Total Numberof Shares

Maximum Dollar Value

of Shares

of Shares That May Yet

Purchased as

Be Purchased as

Total Number

Average

Part of Publicly

Part of Publicly

of Shares

Price Paid

Announced 

Announced

Period

Purchased1

Per Share1

Programs2

Programs2

October 1, 20182021 to October 31, 20182021

 

 

 

 

November 1, 20182021 to November 30, 20182021

 

 

 

 

December 1, 20182021 to December 31, 20182021

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 


1      We repurchased 1,56715,063 shares of our common stock, at an average price of $12.57,$17.20, in connection with the net settlement of shares issued as a result of the vesting of restricted shares during the quarter ended December 31, 2018.2021.

2      Our initial stock repurchase program, which authorized the repurchase of up to $50 million in common stock, was authorized by our board of directors and publicly announced on February 22, 2012.  Our board of directors subsequently authorized two additional stock repurchase programs, each of which authorized the repurchase of up to an additional $50 million in common stock.  These programs were publicly announced on November 15, 2012 and

26


February 19, 2014, respectively, and are currently indefinitely suspended until we are better able to evaluate the long-term customer demand and assess our estimates of operations and cash flow. At December 31, 2018, we had approximately $14.7 million remaining under this authorization.

Dividend Policy

We have never paid any dividends on our common stock and do not expect to pay them in the near future.

Securities Authorized for Issuance Underunder Equity Compensation Plans

See Item 12. “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters” for information regarding securities authorized for issuance under our equity compensation plans.

Performance Graph

The following graph compares the performance of our common stock during the period beginning December 31, 20132016 through December 31, 2018,2021, to that of the total return index for the NYSE Composite and a Custom Peer Group whose members are listed below assuming an investment of $100 on December 31, 2013.2016. In calculating total annual stockholder return, reinvestment of dividends, if any, is assumed. The indices are included for comparative

22

purpose only. They do not necessarily reflect management’s opinion that such indices are an appropriate measure of the relative performance of our common stock.

Graphic

Picture 1

    

12/31/2016

    

12/31/2017

    

12/31/2018

    

12/31/2019

    

12/31/2020

    

12/31/2021

LL Flooring Holdings, Inc.

 

100.00

 

199.43

 

60.48

 

62.07

 

195.30

 

108.45

NYSE Composite

 

100.00

 

118.90

 

108.45

 

136.36

 

145.89

 

176.06

Peer Group1

 

100.00

 

141.48

 

133.50

 

178.49

 

229.47

 

362.58

27


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

12/31/2013

    

12/31/2014

    

12/31/2015

    

12/30/2016

    

12/31/2017

    

12/31/2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lumber Liquidators Holdings, Inc.

 

100.00

 

64.45

 

16.87

 

15.30

 

30.51

 

9.25

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NYSE Composite

 

100.00

 

106.87

 

102.62

 

115.02

 

136.76

 

124.72

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Peer Group1

 

100.00

 

132.38

 

158.26

 

160.76

 

227.44

 

214.61


1The Peer Group consists of industry competitors and other retailers of a similar size to the Company. They include: The Home Depot, Inc., Lowe’s Companies, Inc., Floor & Décor Holdings, Inc., Tile Shop Holdings, Inc., The Sherwin-Williams Company, Pier 1 Imports, Inc., Vitamin Shoppe, Inc., Hibbett Sports, Inc. and Haverty Furniture Companies, Inc. Mattress Firm Holding Corp. ceased trading so they have been omitted from ourPier 1 Imports, Inc. was de-listed by the Securities and Exchange Commission in March 2020, and is therefore only included within the peer group.

Item 6. Selected Financial Data.

The selected statements of incomegroup data for the years endedabove through December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included in Item 8. “Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this report.  This information should be read in conjunction with those audited financial statements, the notes thereto, and Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” of this report.2019.

The selected balance sheet data set forth below as of December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, and income data for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014  are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements contained in reports previously filed with the SEC, which are not included herein.  Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our results for any future period.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

 

    

2018 1

    

2017 2

    

2016 3

    

2015 4

    

2014

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

Statement of Income Data

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

Net Sales

 

$

1,084,636

 

$

1,028,933

 

$

960,588

 

$

978,776

 

$

1,047,419

 

Comparable Store Net Sales Increase (Decrease)  5

 

 

2.6

%  

 

5.4

%  

 

(4.6)

%  

 

(11.1)

%  

 

(4.3)

%

Cost of Sales

 

 

691,696

 

 

659,872

 

 

656,719

 

 

699,918

 

 

629,252

 

Gross Profit

 

 

392,940

 

 

369,061

 

 

303,869

 

 

278,858

 

 

418,167

 

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

 

 

443,513

 

 

406,027

 

 

397,504

 

 

362,051

 

 

314,094

 

Operating (Loss) Income

 

 

(50,573)

 

 

(36,966)

 

 

(93,635)

 

 

(83,193)

 

 

104,073

 

Other Expense

 

 

2,827

 

 

1,591

 

 

638

 

 

234

 

 

490

 

(Loss) Income Before Income Taxes

 

 

(53,400)

 

 

(38,557)

 

 

(94,273)

 

 

(83,427)

 

 

103,583

 

Income Tax Expense (Benefit)

 

 

979

 

 

(734)

 

 

(25,710)

 

 

(26,994)

 

 

40,212

 

Net (Loss) Income

 

$

(54,379)

 

$

(37,823)

 

$

(68,563)

 

$

(56,433)

 

$

63,371

 

Net (Loss) Income per Common Share:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

Basic

 

$

(1.90)

 

$

(1.33)

 

$

(2.51)

 

$

(2.08)

 

$

2.32

 

Diluted

 

$

(1.90)

 

$

(1.33)

 

$

(2.51)

 

$

(2.08)

 

$

2.31

 

Weighted Average Common Shares Outstanding:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

Basic

 

 

28,571

 

 

28,407

 

 

27,284

 

 

27,082

 

 

27,265

 

Diluted

 

 

28,571

 

 

28,407

 

 

27,284

 

 

27,082

 

 

27,486

 


1      Results for the year ended December 31, 2018 include: (i) a favorable adjustment of antidumping costs and countervailing duties of $4.9 million associated with applicable shipments of engineered hardwood from China in a

2823


prior period, (ii) duties related to prior periods, (iii)  incremental legal and professional fees and settlement expenses, related to our defense of various legal matters of approximately $75.7 million and (iv) other expenses primarily related to an impairment of certain assets related to our decision to exit the finishing business totaling approximately $1.8 million.

2      Results for the year ended December 31, 2017 include: (i) a favorable adjustment of antidumping costs and countervailing duties of $2.8 million associated with applicable shipments of engineered hardwood from China in a prior period, (ii) reduced reserves for estimated costs to be incurred related to our indoor air quality testing program by approximately $1 million, (iii) incremental legal and professional fees and settlement expenses, related to our defense of various legal matters of approximately $48.3 million and (iv) other expenses primarily related to costs to dispose of certain Chinese laminate products whose sales were discontinued in 2015 and an impairment of certain assets related to a vertical integration initiative totaling approximately $3.1 million.

3      Results for the year ended December 31, 2016 include: (i) an unfavorable adjustment of antidumping costs and countervailing duties of $5.5 million associated with applicable shipments of engineered hardwood from China in a prior period, (ii) pre-tax expenses of $6.2 million related to the purchase of testing kits and professional fees in connection with our indoor air quality testing program, (iii) incremental legal and professional fees and settlement expenses, related to our defense of various legal matters of approximately $47.7 million and (iv) other expenses primarily related to employee retention initiatives totaling approximately $2.8 million.

4      Results for the year ended December 31, 2015 include: (i) the write down of our laminates and associated moldings sourced from China totaling approximately $22.5 million and other inventory adjustments of $6.6 million, (ii) an adjustment of antidumping costs and countervailing duties of $4.9 million associated with applicable shipments of engineered hardwood from China in a prior period, (iii) pre-tax expenses of $9.4 million related to the purchase of testing kits and professional fees in connection with our indoor air quality testing program, (iv) incremental legal and professional fees and settlement expenses, related to our defense of various legal matters of approximately $34.2 million and (v) other expenses related to the simplification of our business and employee retention totaling approximately $11.1 million.

5      A store is generally considered comparable on the first day of the thirteenth full calendar month after opening.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

 

2018

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

2014

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

Balance Sheet Data

    

 

  

    

 

  

    

 

  

    

 

  

    

 

  

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

$

11,565

 

$

19,938

 

$

10,271

 

$

26,703

 

$

20,287

Merchandise Inventories

 

 

318,272

 

 

262,280

 

 

301,892

 

 

244,402

 

 

314,371

Total Assets

 

 

475,517

 

 

410,795

 

 

482,544

 

 

445,564

 

 

482,904

Customer Deposits and Store Credits

 

 

40,332

 

 

38,546

 

 

32,639

 

 

33,771

 

 

34,943

Total Debt and Capital Lease Obligations

 

 

65,000

 

 

15,000

 

 

40,351

 

 

20,000

 

 

 —

Total Stockholders’ Equity

 

 

147,398

 

 

197,847

 

 

230,892

 

 

277,568

 

 

332,054

Working Capital1

 

 

124,179

 

 

119,835

 

 

173,683

 

 

195,044

 

 

213,030

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Data

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Total Stores in Operation (end of period)

 

 

413

 

 

393

 

 

383

 

 

374

 

 

352

Average Sale2

 

$

1,355

 

$

1,310

 

$

1,255

 

$

1,230

 

$

1,260


1      Working capital is defined as current assets minus current liabilities.

2Average Sale is defined as the average invoiced sales order, measured quarterly, excluding returns as well as transactions under $100 (which are generally sample orders or add-on/accessories to existing orders).

29


Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

Overview

Lumber LiquidatorsLL Flooring is one of theNorth America’s leading specialty retailers of hard-surface flooring, with 424 stores as of December 31, 2021. Our Company seeks to offer the best customer experience online and in North America, offeringstores, with more than 500 varieties of hard-surface floors featuring a complete purchasingrange of quality styles and on-trend designs. Our online tools also help empower customers to find the right solution across anfor the space they’ve envisioned. Our extensive assortment of domesticselection includes waterproof vinyl plank, solid and exotic hardwood species, engineered hardwood, laminate, resilient vinyl, waterproof vinyl plank andbamboo, porcelain tile. We also feature the renewable flooring products, bambootile, and cork, and providewith a wide selectionrange of flooring enhancements and accessories including moldings, noise-reducing underlayment, adhesivesto complement. Our stores are staffed with flooring experts who provide advice, Pro partnership services, and installation options for all of our products, most of which is in stock and ready for delivery. Our vision is to be the customer’s first choice in hard-surface flooring tools.by providing the best experience, from start to finish. We offer installation and delivery services through third-party independent contractors for customers who purchase our floors. At December 31, 2018, we sold our products through 413 Lumber Liquidators stores in 47 states in the United States and in Canada, a call center and website.

We believe we have achieved a reputation for offering great value, superior service and a broadwide selection of high-quality, stocked products and the accessible flooring products. With a balance of price, selection, quality, availabilityexpertise and service we believe ourof a local store, with the scale, omni-channel convenience and value proposition isof a national chain. We plan to leverage this advantage to differentiate ourselves in the most complete within a highly fragmented hard-surface flooring market. The foundation forWe launched our value proposition is strengthened bynew digital platform, LLFlooring.com, in December 2020. In February 2021, we launched our unique store model, the industry expertise ofnew mobile app featuring our people, our singular focus on hard-surface flooring,popular Picture It! and our advertising reachFloor Finder tools and frequency.making it easy to order installations.

To supplement the financial measures prepared in accordance with GAAP, we use the following non-GAAP financial measures: (i) Adjusted Gross Profit; (ii) Adjusted Gross Margin; (iii) Adjusted SG&A; (iv) Adjusted SG&A as a percentage of net sales; (v) Adjusted Operating Income or Loss;Income; (vi) Adjusted Operating MarginMargin; (vii) Adjusted Other Expense; (viii) Adjusted Other Expense as a percentage of net sales; (ix) Adjusted Earnings; and (vii)(x) Adjusted Earnings per Diluted Share. The non-GAAP financial measures should be viewed in addition to, and not in lieu of, financial measures calculated in accordance with GAAP. These supplemental measures may vary from, and may not be comparable to, similarly titled measures by other companies.

The non-GAAP financial measures are presented because management and analysts use these non-GAAP financial measures to evaluate our operating performance and management, in certain cases, uses them to determine incentive compensation and/or to address questions it receives. Therefore, we believe that the presentation of non-GAAP financial measures provides useful supplementary information to, and facilitates additional analysis by, investors. The presented non-GAAP financial measures exclude items that management does not believe reflect our core operating performance, which include regulatory and legal settlements and associated legal and operating costs, and changes in antidumping and countervailing duties, from prior periods,and store closures, as such items are outside of our control or due to their inherent unusual, non-operating, unpredictable, non-recurring, or non-cash nature.

Executive Summary

In 2018,2021, we focused on several key initiatives relateddelivered record sales to our core business thatPro customers and record net services sales.  We also launched new, innovative products and deployed effective pricing and promotion strategies.  Our annual comparable store sales grew 5.2% and we believed strengthened our salesrecorded net income of $42 million in 2021 despite the headwinds of world-wide macroeconomic uncertainty, supply chain turbulence, labor shortages, inflation (price, product, and operating marginwage) and provided an improved shopping experience to our customers. These initiatives were improving operational effectiveness, enhancing the customer experience, responsible, compliant sourcing activities and expanding our business to better serve our customers.continued impact of COVID-19.   

Our resultsHighlights for the year ended December 31, 20182021 were as follows:

·

Net sales for theof $1.15 billion increased 5.0% compared to last year, ended December 31, 2018 increased $55.7 million, or 5.4%,driven by double-digit growth in sales to $1.08 billion from $1.03 billion in the year ended December 31, 2017.  Net sales in  comparable stores increased $26.6 million, or 2.6%,Pro customers and net services sales (install and freight) that more than offset a decrease in non-comparableDIY sales. Total comparable store net sales increased 5.2%. The Company opened 14 net stores increased $29.1 million. We opened 21 new storesin 2021, and closed one during 2018,  for a total of 413 stores as of December 31, 2018.2021, operated 424 stores.

Gross margin of 38.2% decreased 80 basis points as a percentage of sales compared to last year. Both 2021 and 2020 were impacted by the net of anti-dumping and countervailing duty rate changes. Additionally, 2020 included costs related to Canadian and US store closures. When excluding items in the table that follows in Results of Operations, Adjusted Gross Profit (a non-GAAP measure) of $434 million in 2021

·

Gross margin was 36.2% and 35.9% for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Gross profit was slightly negatively affected by the tariffs imposed on our Chinese-sourced products beginning September 24 2018, reflecting only a partial impact of the currently imposed 10% tariff rate due to timing of goods flowing through inventory.

30


·

increased $7.4 million versus 2020. Adjusted Gross Margin (a non-GAAP measure) of 37.6% decreased 120 basis points compared to last year, primarily reflecting significantly higher transportation, tariff and material costs (collectively up more than 500 basis points) that the Company was able to partially mitigate through pricing, promotion and alternative country/vendor sourcing strategies.

Selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expenses of $387 million in 2021 increased $37.5 million, or 9.2%, in 2018 to $443.5$16 million from $406.0 million in 2017. Excluding the2020, but as a percentage of net sales, SG&A of 33.6% decreased 20 basis points compared to 2020. When excluding items shown in the table that follows in Results of Operations, Adjusted SG&A (a non-GAAP measure) increased $11.5of $380 million in 2018, driven by2021 increased $17 million from 2020. Adjusted SG&A as a combinationpercentage of higher payrollsales (a non-GAAP measure) of 33.0% was flat compared to last year, primarily due to increased investment in customer-facing and occupancy costs, which are primarily related to the 21 new stores opened this year, and increases in on-going professional fees and credit card and banking fees. These increases were partiallydistribution-center personnel that was offset by a $2.3 million, or 3.1%, reduction in advertising.

higher net sales.

·

Included in SG&A were legal-related costs and settlements of $75.7 million and $48.3Operating income was $53 million in 2018 and 2017, respectively.

·

Operating loss for the year ended December 31, 2018 was $50.6 million2021, compared to an operating lossincome of $37.0$56 million in the year ended December 31, 2017. Operating loss for both periods was impacted by the unusual2020. When excluding items summarized in the tablestable that followfollows in Results of Operations. Excluding these items,Operations, Adjusted Operating Income (a non-GAAP measure) was $20.2$54 million and Adjusted Operating Margin (a non-GAAP measure) was 1.9% in 2018,of 4.7% decreased 110 basis points compared to $10.7 million, or 1.0%,last year mainly as a result of the decline in 2017.

adjusted gross margin described above.

·

Net lossThe Company had other income of $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 was $54.4 million, or $1.90 per diluted share,2021 compared to a net lossother expense of $37.8$2.6 million or $1.33 per diluted share for the year ended December 31, 2017. Losses related to both periods2020. Both years were favorably impacted by the resultreversal of litigation-related costsinterest expense associated with anti-dumping and settlements.countervailing duty rate changes. When excluding items in the table that follows in Results of Operations, Adjusted Earnings per Diluted ShareOther Expense (a non-GAAP measure) was $0.57of $1.7 million in 2018 and $0.34 in 2017.

2021 decreased $2.2 million compared to 2020 primarily as a result of repayment of all outstanding debt during the second quarter of 2021.

·

Income tax expense was $11 million in 2021 compared to income tax benefit of $7.8 million in 2020. 2020 included the partial release of valuation allowance on deferred tax assets of $20 million.

On March 8, 2019, we entered into a commitment letter with the lenders, subject

Net income was $42 million, or $1.41 per diluted share, in 2021 compared to customary closing conditions, that provides for an increasenet income of $61 million, or $2.10 per diluted share, in 2020. When excluding items in the Revolving Loan up to a maximum amounttable that follows in Results of $175 million, and a new “First in Last Out” tranche of $25 million incremental to the $175 million but within the same Revolving Credit Facility. This will also extend the term of the Revolving Credit Facility until March 2024. We expect to close on this expanded Revolving Credit Facility in late March or early April 2019.

Operations,

Adjusted Earnings Per Diluted Share (a non-GAAP measure) decreased to $1.39 compared to $2.25 for 2020. The change was primarily due to the absence of the valuation allowance noted above.

Other Items

Liquidity, Working Capital and Credit Agreement

As of December 31, 2021, we head into 2019,had liquidity of $227 million, consisting of excess availability under our focus will be on driving DIY, DIFMCredit Agreement of $142 million, and Pro traffic intocash and cash equivalents of $85 million. This represents an increase in liquidity of $13 million from December 31, 2020. We repaid all $101 million of our stores, enhancingoutstanding debt in the customer experience across both our digital platformsecond quarter of 2021 and within our stores and improving operational effectiveness. Our research indicates thatdid not access borrowings under the initial interest in purchasing a floor begins with digital browsing. Credit Agreement during the year.

We believe that by providing an improved digital experiencecash flows from operations, together with cash on hand, and better website performance,the availability under our Credit Agreement will be sufficient to meet our obligations, operations, anticipated capital expenditures, and fund our settlements for the next 12 months. In the coming quarters we will not only growalso plan to increase our e-commerceinventories as supply chain disruptions abate. We prepare our forecasted cash flow and liquidity estimates based on assumptions that we believe to be reasonable but are also inherently uncertain. Actual future cash flows could differ from these estimates.

Impact of Macroeconomic Environment

We continue to navigate uncertainty in the macroeconomic environment related to global supply chain disruptions, consumer spending, inflation and a challenging labor market. During the second quarter of 2020 we limited our inventory purchases as a direct result COVID-19. Supply chain disruption on replenishment kept inventory below our targeted level during the second half of 2020 and 2021. As a result, we believe we could have captured more sales but also drive traffic intoin

25

the fourth quarter of 2020 and 2021 if our stores. Once customers areinventories had been higher. While our supply chain teams continue to work diligently to bring in new inventory and allocate it effectively across our stores, we believeanticipate the supply chain to remain constrained well into 2022, limiting inventory availability and increasing transportation and material costs. Supply chain constraints include international container access, congestion in major ports, and a shortage of domestic truckers, as well as renewed COVID-19 related shutdowns. We are also monitoring the impact of inflation on consumer purchasing trends as it could affect our prices, demand for our products, our sales and our profit margins.

Section 301 Tariffs

The Company’s financial statements have been impacted by Section 301 tariffs on certain products imported from China in recent years. A subset of these imports for certain click vinyl and other engineered products (the “Subset Products”) received an exemption that our store modelwas made retroactive to the beginning of the Section 301 Tariffs for a period of time but were reinstated in August 2020. The tariffs flow through the income statement as the product is sold. The Company has deployed strategies to mitigate tariffs and improve gross margin, primarily through adjusting its pricing and promotion strategies and alternative country sourcing. The following chart provides a competitive advantage by allowing our knowledgeable sales associates to assist customers throughouttimeline of tariff levels for the project design and purchase process in a more intimate environment, from product selection to installation.

Working capital and liquidity

At December 31, 2018, we had $79.5 million in liquidity, comprised of $11.6 million of cash and $67.9 million in availability under our asset-based revolving loan (the “Revolving Loan”).  We also had $318.3 million in inventory and $73.4 million in accounts payable, while borrowings against our Revolving Loan were $65 million. At December 31, 2017, we had $145.9 million in liquidity, comprised of $19.9 million of cash and $126 million in availability under our Revolving Loan. We also had $262.3 million in inventory and $67.7 million in accounts payable, while borrowings against our Revolving Loan were $15 million. The reduction in liquidity at December 31, 2018 from the year earlier was driven primarily by a $56 million investment in inventory, and the $22 million cash deposit made to fund our obligation under the settlementkey events related to Section 301 Tariffs.

Section 301 tariff

Corresponding approximate

Event

Timing

level on imports

Tariff level on

percentage of Company's

from China

Subset Products

merchandise subject to tariff

Imposition of Tariffs

September 2018

10%

10% then 0%1

48%

Increase in Tariffs

June 2019

25%

25% then 0%1

44%

Retroactive Exemption on Subset Products1

November 2019

25%

0%

10%

Exemption Not Renewed and Tariffs Re-imposed on Subset Products

August 2020

25%

25%

32%

December 31, 2020

25%

25%

34%

December 31, 2021

25%

25%

20%

1On November 7, 2019, the U.S. Trade Representative granted a retroactive exclusion to September 2018 on Subset Products as defined in the Section 301 Tariffs section above bringing the rate to 0%.

Canadian and US Store Closure Costs

During the MDL litigation matter.third quarter of 2020, the Company conducted a comprehensive review of its real estate portfolio. Following the conclusion of this review, the Company made the decision to close its Canadian operations, including all eight stores in Canada, and six underperforming US locations by the end of 2020. The Company will continue to monitor store performance on an ongoing basis. The Company incurred expense of $3.8 million to close these stores in the second half of 2020. All 14 stores were closed by year end although certain clean-up activities were fully completed early in 2021.

3126


Results of Operations

We believe the selected sales data, the percentage relationship between Net Sales and major categories in the Consolidated Statements of OperationsIncome and the percentage change in the dollar amounts of each of the items presented below are important in evaluating the performance of our business operations.

% Increase (Decrease)

% of Net Sales

in Dollar Amounts

Year Ended December 31, 

2021

    

2021

    

2020

    

vs. 2020

Net Sales

Net Merchandise Sales

86.3

%  

88.8

%  

2.0

%  

Net Services Sales

13.7

%  

11.2

%  

28.9

%  

Total Net Sales

100.0

%  

100.0

%  

5.0

%  

Gross Profit

38.2

%  

39.0

%  

2.9

%  

Selling, General, and Administrative Expenses

33.6

%  

33.8

%  

4.3

%  

Operating Income

4.6

%  

5.1

%  

(6.4)

%  

Other Expense

(0.0)

%  

0.2

%  

(103.9)

%  

Income Before Income Taxes

4.6

%  

4.9

%  

(1.6)

%  

Income Tax Expense

1.0

%  

(0.7)

%  

(242.4)

%

Net Income

3.6

%  

5.6

%  

(32.1)

%  

SELECTED SALES DATA

Average Sale1

$

1,567

$

1,343

16.7

%  

Comparable Stores Increase (Decrease)2

 

5.2

%  

 

(0.5)

%  

 

Transaction Count (Decrease) Increase3

(11.5)

%  

2.1

%  

Average Retail Price per Unit Sold Increase4

 

8.2

%  

 

0.3

%  

 

Number of Stores Open, end of period

 

424

 

410

  

 

Number of Stores Opened (Closed) in Period, net

 

14

 

(9)

  

 

Number of Stores Relocated in Period5

 

1

 

1

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

% Increase (Decrease)

 

 

 

% of Net Sales

 

in Dollar Amounts

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

2018

    

2017

 

 

 

2018

    

2017

    

2016

    

vs. 2017

 

vs. 2016

 

Net Sales

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Merchandise Sales

 

 

88.1

%  

 

91.2

%  

 

93.2

%  

1.9

%  

4.8

%

Net Services Sales

 

 

11.9

%  

 

8.8

%  

 

6.8

%  

41.9

%  

39.5

%

Total Net Sales

 

 

100.0

%  

 

100.0

%  

 

100.0

%  

5.4

%  

7.1

%

Gross Profit

 

 

36.2

%  

 

35.9

%  

 

31.6

%  

6.5

%  

21.5

%

Selling, General, and Administrative Expenses

 

 

40.9

%  

 

39.5

%  

 

41.4

%  

9.2

%  

2.1

%

Operating Loss

 

 

(4.7)

%  

 

(3.6)

%  

 

(9.8)

%  

36.8

%  

(60.5)

%

Other Expense (Income)

 

 

0.2

%  

 

(0.2)

%  

 

 —

%  

77.7

%  

149.5

%

Loss Before Income Taxes

 

 

(4.9)

%  

 

(3.8)

%  

 

(9.8)

%  

38.5

%  

(59.1)

%

Income Tax Expense (Benefit)

 

 

0.1

%  

 

(0.1)

%  

 

(2.7)

%  

(233.3)

%  

(97.1)

%

Net Loss

 

 

(5.0)

%  

 

(3.7)

%  

 

(7.1)

%  

43.8

%  

(44.8)

%

SELECTED SALES DATA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average Sale1

 

$

1,355

 

$

1,310

 

$

1,255

 

3.4

%  

4.3

%

Average Retail Price per Unit Sold2

 

 

(0.8)

%  

 

0.4

%  

 

(4.0)

%  

  

 

  

 

Comparable Store Sales Increase (Decrease) (%)

 

 

2.6

%  

 

5.4

%  

 

(4.6)

%  

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of Stores Open, end of period

 

 

413

 

 

393

 

 

383

 

  

 

  

 

Number of Stores Opened in Period, net

 

 

20

 

 

10

 

 

 9

 

  

 

  

 

Number of Stores Relocated in Period3

 

 

 1

 

 

 —

 

 

 3

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comparable Stores4 (% change to prior year):

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Customers Invoiced5

 

 

(0.8)

%  

 

1.1

%  

 

(6.7)

%  

  

 

  

 

Net Sales of Stores Operating for 13 to 36 months

 

 

13.1

%  

 

14.2

%  

 

0.4

%  

  

 

  

 

Net Sales of Stores Operating for more than 36 months

 

 

2.3

%  

 

5.0

%  

 

(5.2)

%  

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Sales in Markets with all Stores Comparable (no cannibalization)

 

 

3.4

%  

 

6.1

%  

 

(2.8)

%  

  

 

  

 


1Average Sale is defined as the average invoiced sales order, measured quarterly, excluding returns as well as transactions under $100 (which are generally sample orders or add-on/accessories to existing orders).   

2      Average retail price per unit (square feet for flooring and other units of measures for moldings and accessories) sold is calculated on a total company basis and excludes non-merchandise revenue.

3      A relocated store remains a comparable store as long as it is relocated within the primary trade area.

4
1Average sale is defined as the average invoiced sales order, measured quarterly, excluding returns as well as transactions under $100 (which are generally sample orders or add-on/accessories to existing orders).
2A store is generally considered comparable on the first day of the thirteenth full calendar month after opening
3Transaction count is calculated by applying the average sale to total net sales at comparable stores
4Average retail price per unit (square feet for flooring and other units of measures for moldings and accessories) sold is calculated on a total company basis and excludes non-merchandise revenue.
5A relocated store remains a comparable store as long as it is relocated within the primary trade area.

A detailed discussion of the thirteenth full calendar month after opening.

5      Change in number of customers invoiced is calculated by applying the average sale to total net sales at comparable stores. 

The definitions of average sale2021 year-over-year changes can be found below and customers invoiced were revised in the quarter ended December 31, 2018 to improve the reporting of our Pro customers to better reflect separate Pro projects and transactions that had been

32


aggregated into single larger transactions under the previous definition. All historical periods have been restated under this new definition.  The average sale and change in customers invoiced amounts under both the old and new definitions for the quarterly and annual periods in 2018 and 2017 are shown below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Quarter Ended

 

Year Ended

  

 

March 31,
2018

 

June 30,
2018

 

September 30,
2018

 

December 31,
2018

 

December 31,
2018

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

New Definition1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average Sale

 

$ 1,300

 

$ 1,371

 

$ 1,384

 

$ 1,365

 

$ 1,355

Change in Customers Invoiced

 

-1.2%

 

1.0%

 

-1.7%

 

-1.8%

 

-0.8%

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Previous Definition2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average Sale

 

$ 1,706

 

$ 1,784

 

$ 1,830

 

$ 1,791

 

$ 1,777

Change in Customers Invoiced

 

-1.8%

 

0.1%

 

-3.4%

 

-2.7%

 

-1.9%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Quarter Ended

 

Year Ended

  

 

March 31,
2017

 

June 30,
2017

 

September 30,
2017

 

December 31,
2017

 

December 31,
2017

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

New Definition1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average Sale

 

$ 1,249

 

$ 1,322

 

$ 1,333

 

$ 1,336

 

$ 1,310

Change in Customers Invoiced

 

0.0%

 

4.2%

 

0.3%

 

0.2%

 

1.1%

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Previous Definition2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average Sale

 

$ 1,630

 

$ 1,706

 

$ 1,735

 

$ 1,738

 

$ 1,700

Change in Customers Invoiced

 

-0.1%

 

5.4%

 

0.8%

 

1.1%

 

1.7%

1The new definition of average sale is defined as the average invoiced sales order, measured quarterly, excluding returns as well as transactions under $100 (which are generally sample orders or add-on/accessories to existing orders). Invoiced sales orders include all merchandise and services added to an individual order over the course of a calendar quarter. An individual customer with multiple orders in the same quarter (often due to multiple projects) count as two or more transactions in calculating average sale and customer count. The new definition of the change in number of customers invoiced is calculated by applying the revised definition of average sale, described above, to total net sales at comparable stores.

2The previous definition of average sale, calculated on a total company basis, is defined as the average invoiced sale per customer, measured on a monthly basis, excluded transactions less than $250 (which are generally sample orders, or add-ons or fill-ins to previous orders) and more than $30,000 (which are usually contractor orders). It also aggregated Pro transactions into a single large transaction, rather than treating these as multiple projects, which they often are. The previous definition of the change in number of customers invoiced is calculated by applying the average sale to total net sales at comparable stores.

For an understanding of the significant factors that influenced our performance during the past three years, the following discussion should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements presented in this report. A detailed discussion of the 2020 year-over-year changes can be found in “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in the Form 10-K filed on March 1, 2021.

Net Sales

Net sales in 2018 increased $55.7$55 million, or 5.4%5%, to $1,152 million in 2021 from 2017 as$1,098 million in 2020 and comparable store net sales increased 5.2%. Average Retail Price per Unit Sold increased 8.2% as the Company reacted to the impact of inflation on costs from its vendors and supply chain disruptions along with a change in comparable storesmix. Average ticket increased $26.6 million, or 2.6%, and the net sales in non-comparable stores increased $29.1 million. The growth in comparable store

33


sales reflected a 3.4% increase in average sale, which was16.7% driven by larger sales transactions from the additionalto Pro customers and higher attachment of installation services to transactions, as well as the growth in the mix of Pro customers. This increase wasand freight, partially offset by a 0.8%11.5% decrease in the number of customers invoiced. The increased transaction size and decreased transaction count driven by lower DIY sales. The lower DIY sales in part reflect reduced promotional activity2021 were impacted by weaker year-over-year COVID nesting sales and less-than-optimal inventories. Net merchandise sales increased focus on2% driven by double-digit sales growth to Pro customers and net services sales (install and freight) increased 29% year-over-year.

27

Both Pro and net services sales benefited from multiple initiatives launched specifically for these customers, seekingincluding investments in technology to streamline our installation bothservices. The Company opened 14 net stores in 2021 and operated 424 stores as of which have a more involved and larger sales transaction. Installation and delivery services represented 11.9% of our sales for the year, which increased through the year, reaching 12.9% in the fourth quarter of 2018. Our Pro customer sales represented 28.5%  of merchandise sales, up from 23% in the prior year.December 31, 2021.

The comparable store growth of 2.6% consisted of a decline in merchandise sales of (0.6)%, more than offset by an increase in installation sales of 41%. The growth in installation sales reflects the expansion of this program into Florida and California in late 2017 that generated incremental sales throughout 2018. The decline in merchandise sales reflect the reduced promotional activity and declines in the bamboo and hardwood categories. We believe industry softness in the fourth quarter and other competitive pressures also contributed to the declines in comparable store merchandise sales growth. In terms of categories, the manufactured category consisting of vinyl and laminate products grew 24.5% compared to prior year, reaching 36% of our merchandise sales in 2018, while the hardwood category declined 13.3% and represented 34% of our sales in 2018. The vinyl sub-category within manufactured products continues to drive the growth in that category due to its outstanding aesthetics, high resilience and waterproof characteristics.

Net sales in 2017 increased $68.3 million, or 7.1%, from 2016 as net sales in comparable stores increased $52.2 million, or 5.4%, and the net sales in non-comparable stores increased $16.1 million. The growth in comparable store sales reflected a combination of an increase of 1.1% in the number of customers invoiced and an increase of 4.3% in the average sale. We believe the number of customers invoiced rose due to improved customer experience in our stores, our more complete assortment and waning negative impact of unfavorable media and assortment limitations during the first half of 2016. The increase in average sale was driven by higher attachment of installation services, the growth in our Pro business that carries higher average ticket size, and improvements in the average selling price of our products.

Gross Profit

Gross profit of $440 million in 20182021 increased 6.5% to $392.9$12 million from $369.1 million2020 and gross margin in 2017.2021 decreased to 38.2% from 39% in 2020. Both years’ gross marginsyears were favorably impacted by the unusualnet of anti-dumping and countervailing duty rate changes, with favorable adjustments of $6.3 million and $2.2 million in 2021 and 2020, respectively. Additionally, 2020 included costs related to Canadian and US store closures. When excluding those items highlighted in the table that follows, Adjusted Gross Profit (a non-GAAP measure) of $434 million in 2021 increased $8 million versus 2020 and when excluding these items, Adjusted Gross Margin (a non-GAAP measure) improvedin 2021 decreased to 37.6% from 38.8% in 2020. The 120-basis point decrease in Adjusted Gross Margin was due primarily to significantly higher transportation, tariff and material costs (collectively up more than 500 basis points) that the Company was able to partially mitigate through pricing, promotion and alternative country/vendor sourcing strategies.

We believe that the following items set forth in the table below can distort the visibility of our ongoing

performance and that the evaluation of our financial performance can be enhanced by 10 basis points. Thisuse of supplemental presentation of our results that exclude the impact of these items.

Year Ended December 31, 

2021

2020

    

% of Sales

    

    

% of Sales

(dollars in thousands) 1

Gross Profit/Margin, as reported (GAAP)

$

440,042

    

38.2

%  

$

427,712

    

39.0

%  

Antidumping Adjustments 2

 

(6,279)

 

(0.5)

%  

 

(2,208)

 

(0.2)

%  

Store Closure Costs 3

 

 

%  

 

822

 

%  

Sub-Total Items above

 

(6,279)

 

(0.5)

%  

 

(1,386)

 

(0.2)

%  

Adjusted Gross Profit/Margin (non-GAAP measures)

$

433,763

  

37.6

%  

$

426,326

  

38.8

%  

1Amounts may not sum due to rounding.
2Represents net antidumping and countervailing income associated with applicable prior-year shipments of engineered hardwood from China.
3Represents the inventory write-offs related to the Canadian and U.S. store closures described more fully in Item 8. Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

SG&A expenses of $387 million in 2021 increased $16 million from 2020, and as a percentage of net sales, SG&A decreased to 33.6% in 2021, compared to 33.8% in 2020. SG&A in both periods included certain costs related to legal matters and settlements. Additionally, the 2020 period included costs related to Canadian and U.S. store closures. When excluding items in the table that follows, Adjusted SG&A (a non-GAAP measure) of $380 million in 2021 increased $17 million from 2020. Adjusted SG&A as a percentage of sales of 33.0% was driven by a favorable category mix toward vinyl products with improved margins,flat compared to last year, primarily due to increased investment in customer facing and distribution personnel that was offset by higher transportation costs, dilution from increased installation sales mixnet sales. 2020 benefited the final settlement of the business interruption insurance claim related to the August 2019 network security incident ($2.5 million) and lower travel and entertainment expense. The Company redeemed $4.5 million of MDL and Gold vouchers during 2021 and relieved the accrual for legal matters and settlements for the full amount, relieved inventory at its cost, and the remaining amount -- the gross margin for the items sold of $1.7 million was recorded as a reduction in SG&A expense.

We believe that have lower margins,the following items set forth in the table below can distort the visibility of our ongoing

28

performance and tariffs that were imposed on goods received starting September 24, 2018. This tariffthe evaluation of our financial performance can be enhanced by use of supplemental presentation of our results that exclude the impact of approximately 40these items.

Year Ended December 31, 

2021

2020

    

% of Sales

    

    

% of Sales

(dollars in thousands) 4

SG&A, as reported (GAAP)

$

387,356

 

33.6

%  

$

371,430

 

33.8

%

Accrual for Legal Matters and Settlements 5

 

6,800

 

0.6

%  

 

1,500

 

0.2

%

Legal and Professional Fees 6

 

501

 

0.0

%  

 

4,220

 

0.4

%

Store Closure Costs 7

 

 

%  

 

2,962

 

0.3

%

Sub-Total Items above

 

7,301

 

0.6

%  

 

8,682

 

0.9

%

Adjusted SG&A (a non-GAAP measure)

$

380,055

 

33.0

%  

$

362,748

 

33.0

%

4Amounts may not sum due to rounding.
5This amount represents the charge to earnings for the Mason and Savidis matters in the first quarter of 2021 and a $0.9 million of insurance recoveries in the second half of 2021 related to certain significant legal actions. The 2020 amounts reflect expense of $2 million related to the Gold matter in the third quarter and a $0.5 million insurance recovery in the second quarter related to certain significant legal action. These matters are described more fully in Item 8. Note 10 to the consolidated financial statements.
6This amount represents charges to earnings related to our defense of certain significant legal actions during the period.This does not include all legal costs incurred by the Company.
7Represents the store lease impairments, write down on fixed assets and employee termination benefits related to the Canadian and U.S. store closures described more fully in Item 8. Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements.

Operating Income and Operating Margin

Operating income was $53 million in 2021, compared to operating income of $56 million in 2020. When excluding items in the table that follows, Adjusted Operating Income (a non-GAAP measure) was $54 million and Adjusted Operating Margin (a non-GAAP measure) was 4.7% in 2021, a decrease of 110 basis points reflects only a partialcompared to last year. The primary driver of the decrease in Adjusted Operating Margin was the decline in adjusted gross margin described above.

We believe that the following items set forth in the table below can distort the visibility of our ongoing

performance and that the evaluation of our financial performance can be enhanced by use of supplemental presentation of our results that exclude the impact of these items.

Year Ended December 31, 

2021

2020

    

% of Sales

    

    

% of Sales

(in thousands)1

Operating Income, as reported (GAAP)

$

52,686

4.6

%

$

56,282

5.1

%

Gross Margin Items:

 

  

 

Antidumping Adjustments 2

 

(6,279)

(0.5)

%

 

(2,208)

(0.2)

%

Store Closure Costs 3

 

%

 

822

%

Gross Margin Subtotal

 

(6,279)

(0.5)

%

 

(1,386)

(0.2)

%

SG&A Items:

 

  

 

  

Accrual for Legal Matters and Settlements 4

 

6,800

0.6

%  

 

1,500

0.2

%  

Legal and Professional Fees 5

 

501

0.0

%  

 

4,220

0.4

%  

Store Closure Costs 6

 

%  

 

2,962

0.3

%  

SG&A Subtotal

 

7,301

0.6

%  

 

8,682

0.9

%  

Adjusted Operating Income/Margin (a non-GAAP measure)

$

53,708

4.7

%  

$

63,578

5.8

%

1,2,3,4,5,6  See the currently imposed 10% tariff rate on Chinese-sourced products due to the timing of goods flowing through inventory. We expect this adverse effect to continue in 2019 as the goods are fully cycled through inventory,Gross Profit and could increase further should the tariff rate increase. (See Risk FactorsSG&A sections above for more details ondetailed explanations of these tariffs)individual items.

Gross profit in 2017 increased 21.5%

29

Other (Income) Expense

The Company had other income of $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to $369other expense of $2.6 million from $303.9 million in 2016. Gross margin increased to 35.9% from 31.6% in 2016. This comparison wasfor the year ended December 31, 2020. Both years were favorably impacted by the unusualreversal of interest expense associated with anti-dumping and countervailing duty rate changes. Excluding these items highlighted inas shown on the table below, and when excluding these items,that follows, Adjusted Gross MarginOther Expense (a non-GAAP measure) improved from 32.8%was $1.7 million in 2021, which is a decrease of $2.2 million compared to 35.5%, or 270 basis points. This was2020 driven by a shift in mix toward vinylthe repayment of all outstanding debt during the second quarter of 2021 and engineered products with improved margins, lower transportation costs, as well as improved margins within engineered, vinyl, laminate, and tile categoriesinterest rates on our Credit Agreement due to sourcingthe amendment in April 2021.

Year Ended December 31,

2021

2020

    

  

% of Sales

    

  

% of Sales

(dollars in thousands) 8

Other (Income) Expense, as reported (GAAP)

$

(104)

 

%  

$

2,642

 

0.2

%  

Interest impact related to antidumping adjustment 9

 

(1,797)

 

(0.2)

%  

 

(1,275)

 

(0.1)

%  

Sub-Total Items above

 

(1,797)

 

(0.2)

%  

 

(1,275)

 

(0.1)

%  

Adjusted Other Expense (Income)/Adjusted Other Expense (Income) as a % of Sales (a non-GAAP measure)

$

1,693

 

0.2

%  

$

3,917

 

0.4

%  

8Amounts may not sum due to rounding.
9Represents the interest income impact of certain antidumping adjustments related to applicable prior-year shipments of engineered hardwood from China.

Provision for Income Taxes

The Company records tax expense each period for income taxes incurred for US federal tax, in certain states, and pricing initiatives. These advances were slightlyin foreign jurisdictions resulting in an effective tax rate of 21% and (14.5)% for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. 2020 benefited from the partial release of $20 million of valuation allowance on deferred tax assets.

At the beginning of 2020, the Company had a full valuation allowance of $27 million recorded against its net deferred assets as the Company was in a consolidated cumulative three-year loss position, and the Company was not relying upon projections of future taxable income in assessing their recoverability.  The Company assesses the available evidence on a quarterly basis to determine if, based on the weight of all available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion, or all, of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.  The Company was no longer in a consolidated cumulative three-year loss position at December 31, 2020.  Based on the Company’s evaluation at a jurisdictional level as of December 31, 2020, the Company released valuation allowances of $20 million in the fourth quarter of 2020 in jurisdictions where the Company believed sufficient future taxable income, including consideration of future performance, market or economic conditions, will be generated to use existing deferred tax assets.  This release of the valuation allowance resulted in noncash income tax benefit in the fourth quarter of 2020 of $20 million. At December 31, 2021 and 2020 the Company’s remaining valuation allowance was $2.4 and $5.6 million, respectively. The amount of the deferred tax assets considered realizable could be adjusted in future periods if evidence warrants such a change. During 2021, the Company recognized additional state net operating losses expected to be utilized, which are reflected in the ending deferred tax assets and resulted in a reduction of tax expense of approximately $2.4 million.

On March 27, 2020, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (CARES Act) was enacted in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. The CARES Act, among other things, permits NOL carryovers and carrybacks to offset 100% of taxable income for taxable years beginning before 2021. In addition, the CARES Act allows NOLs incurred in 2018, 2019, and 2020 to be carried back to each of the five preceding taxable years to generate a refund of previously paid income taxes. The Company amended its 2018 tax return with respect to CARES Act items and carried the 2018 NOL back to 2013 resulting in a net tax benefit of $1.8 million in 2020.

The Company files income tax returns with the United States federal government and various state and foreign jurisdictions. In the normal course of business, the Company is subject to examination by a higher mixtaxing authorities. The Internal Revenue Service has completed audits of installation sales that carry lower margins, and higher warranty costs.our income tax returns through 2016.

3430


Diluted Earnings per Share

Net income was $42 million, or $1.41 per diluted share, in 2021 compared to net income of $61 million, or $2.10 per diluted share, in 2020. 2021 Adjusted Earnings Per Diluted Share (a non-GAAP measure) decreased $0.86 per diluted share to $1.39 compared to $2.25 for 2020. Net income in 2020 benefited from the noncash income tax benefit of $20 million from the partial release of the valuation allowance.

We believe that each of the items below can distort the visibility of our ongoing performance and that the evaluation of our financial performance can be enhanced by use of supplemental presentation of our results that exclude the impact of these items.

Year Ended December 31,

2021

2020

(in thousands)

Net Income, as reported (GAAP)

$

41,698

$

61,427

Net Income per Diluted Share (GAAP)

$

1.41

$

2.10

Gross Margin Items:

 

  

 

  

Antidumping Adjustments 2

 

(4,628)

 

(1,632)

Store Closure Costs 3

 

 

607

Gross Margin Subtotal

 

(4,628)

 

(1,025)

SG&A Items:

 

  

 

  

Accrual for Legal Matters and Settlements 4

 

5,012

 

1,109

Legal and Professional Fees 5

 

369

 

3,119

Store Closure Costs 6

 

 

2,189

SG&A Subtotal

 

5,381

 

6,417

Other Expense Items:

 

 

Antidumping Adjustments Interest 7

(1,324)

(942)

Other Expense (Income) Subtotal

 

(1,324)

 

(942)

Adjusted Earnings

$

41,127

$

65,877

Adjusted Earnings per Diluted Share (a non-GAAP measure)

$

1.39

$

2.25

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

 

 

 

2018

 

2017

 

2016

 

 

 

 

    

% of Sales

    

    

% of Sales

 

    

% of Sales

 

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

Gross Profit/Margin, as reported (GAAP)

    

 

$

392,940

    

36.2

%  

$

369,061

    

35.9

%  

$

303,869

    

31.6

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Antidumping Adjustments 1

 

 

 

(4,948)

 

(0.5)

%  

 

(2,797)

 

(0.3)

%  

 

5,450

 

0.6

%

HTS Classification Adjustments 2

 

 

 

(1,711)

 

(0.1)

%  

 

 —

 

 —

%  

 

 —

 

 —

%  

Indoor Air Quality Testing Program 3

 

 

 

 —

 

 —

%  

 

(993)

 

(0.1)

%  

 

6,187

 

0.6

%

Sub-Total Items above

 

 

 

(6,659)

 

(0.6)

%  

 

(3,790)

 

(0.4)

%  

 

11,637

 

1.2

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted Gross Profit/Margin (non-GAAP measures)

 

 

$

386,281

  

35.6

%  

$

365,271

  

35.5

%  

$

315,506

  

32.8

%


1      We recognized adjustments to countervailing and antidumping duties of a favorable $4.9 million, a favorable $2.8 million and an unfavorable $5.5 million associated with applicable shipments of engineered hardwood from China related to prior periods for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

2We recognized classification adjustments related to Harmonized Tariff Schedule (“HTS”) duty categorization in prior periods during the year ended December 31, 2018.

3      Prior to June 30, 2016, $3.1 million of costs related to our indoor air quality testing program agreed to with the Consumer Product Safety Commission (“CPSC”) were expensed as incurred. During the second quarter of 2016, we recorded an accrual of $3 million, which represented our best estimate of costs to be incurred in the future periods related to this program and is included in the total for 2016. In the second quarter 2017, we reduced the reserve for estimated costs to be incurred related to the testing program by approximately $1 million. Costs in 2018 were nominal and expensed as incurred.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

SG&A expenses in 2018 increased 9.2% to $443.5  million from $406.0 million in 2017.  Excluding the items shown in the table that follows,  Adjusted SG&A (a non-GAAP measure) increased $11.5 million,  primarily driven by increases in payroll of $4.7 million and occupancy of $3.3 million, both of which are primarily related to the 21 new stores opened this year and full-year effects of the 11 stores opened in 2017. Adjusted SG&A (a non-GAAP measure) was also negatively impacted by promotional financing fees of $3.0 million, ongoing legal and professional fees of $1.8 million, and depreciation of $1 million. These increases were partially offset by lower advertising costs of $2.3 million.  Payroll related costs as a percentage of sales were 14.2% in 2018 and 14.5% in 2017.

SG&A expenses in 2017 increased 2.1% in 2017 to $406.0 million from $397.5 million in 2016. Excluding the items shown in the table below, Adjusted SG&A (a non-GAAP measure) increased $7.6 million, driven by $7.5 million in higher payroll-related costs due to greater store level staffing, commissions, and investments in corporate capabilities and $3.0 million in higher occupancy costs, both of which were offset by $2.9 million in other decreases, primarily lower advertising and promotion costs. Excluding retention-related costs, payroll related costs as a percentage of sales were 14.5% in 2017 and 2016, respectively.

35


We believe that each of these items can distort the visibility of our ongoing performance and that the evaluation of our financial performance can be enhanced by use of supplemental presentation of our results that exclude the impact of these items.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

 

 

2018

 

2017

 

2016

 

 

 

    

% of Sales

    

    

% of Sales

 

    

% of Sales

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

SG&A, as reported (GAAP)

 

$

443,513

 

40.9

%  

$

406,027

 

39.5

%

$

397,504

 

41.4

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accrual for Legal Matters and Settlements 1

 

 

63,951

 

5.9

%  

 

36,960

 

3.6

%

 

 —

 

 —

%

Securities and Derivatives Class Action  2

 

 

 —

 

 —

%  

 

 —

 

 —

%

 

19,260

 

2.0

%

Legal and Professional Fees  3

 

 

11,707

 

1.1

%  

 

11,314

 

1.1

%

 

28,414

 

3.0

%

All Other 4

 

 

1,769

 

0.2

%  

 

3,146

 

0.3

%

 

2,800

 

0.3

%

Sub-Total Items above

 

 

77,427

 

7.2

%  

 

51,420

 

5.0

%

 

50,474

 

5.3

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted SG&A (a non-GAAP measure)

 

$

366,086

 

33.7

%  

$

354,607

 

34.5

%

$

347,030

 

36.1

%


1This amount represents the charge to earnings related to Bamboo Flooring Litigation, governmental investigations and Related Laminate Matters in 2018 as well as the charge to earnings in 2017 related to the Formaldehyde MDL and Abrasion MDL settlements, all of which are described more fully in the Legal Proceedings section of this Annual Report.

2      This amount represents the net charge to earnings related to the stock-based element of our settlement in the securities class action lawsuit in addition to $2.5 million related to our derivatives class action lawsuit.

3      Represents charges to earnings related to our defense of significant legal actions, described in notes 1 and 2 above, during the period. This does not include all legal costs incurred by the Company.

4      All Other consisted of the following: an impairment of certain assets related to our decision to exit the finishing business in 2018, an impairment of certain assets related to a vertical integration initiative discontinued in 2017 and a retention initiative and the net impact of the CARB and Prop 65 settlements in 2016.

Operating Loss and Operating Margin

Operating loss in 2018 was $50.6 million compared to an operating loss of $37.0 million in 2017. Excluding the items shown in the table that follows, 2018 resulted in an Adjusted Operating Income (a non-GAAP measure) of $20.2 million, or an Adjusted Operating Margin (a non-GAAP measure) of 1.9%, compared to $10.7 million, or 1.0%, in 2017. The improvement primarily reflects the growth in sales from both new and comparable stores, and slightly higher gross margin, which was partially offset by the $11.5 million growth in Adjusted SG&A (a non-GAAP measure).

Operating loss in 2017 was $37.0 million compared to an operating loss of $93.6 million in 2016. Excluding the items shown below, Adjusted Operating Income (a non-GAAP measure) in 2017 was $10.7 million, and Adjusted Operating Margin (a non-GAAP measure) was 1.0%, compared to an Adjusted Operating Loss (a non-GAAP measure) of $31.5 million, or (3.3)% in 2016. The improvement primarily reflects the growth in sales and higher gross margin.

36


We believe that each of these items can distort the visibility of our ongoing performance and that the evaluation of our financial performance can be enhanced by use of supplemental presentation of our results that exclude the impact of these items.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

 

2018

 

2017

 

2016

 

 

 

    

% of Sales

    

    

% of Sales

 

    

% of Sales

 

 

 

(in thousands)

Operating Loss, as reported (GAAP)

 

$

(50,573)

 

(4.7)

%

$

(36,966)

 

(3.6)

%

$

(93,635)

 

(9.8)

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross Margin Items:

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Antidumping Adjustments 1

 

 

(4,948)

 

(0.5)

%

 

(2,797)

 

(0.3)

%

 

5,450

 

0.6

%

HTS Classification Adjustments 2

 

 

(1,711)

 

(0.1)

%

 

 —

 

 —

%

 

 —

 

 —

%

Indoor Air Quality Testing Program (Income) Charges 3

 

 

 —

 

 —

%

 

(993)

 

(0.1)

%

 

6,187

 

0.6

%

Gross Margin Subtotal

 

 

(6,659)

 

(0.6)

%

 

(3,790)

 

(0.4)

%

 

11,637

 

1.2

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SG&A Items:

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Accrual for Legal Matters and Settlements 4

 

 

63,951

 

5.9

%  

 

36,960

 

3.6

%  

 

 —

 

 —

%

Securities and Derivatives Class Action  5

 

 

 —

 

 —

%  

 

 —

 

 —

%  

 

19,260

 

2.0

%

Legal and Professional Fees  6

 

 

11,707

 

1.1

%  

 

11,314

 

1.1

%  

 

28,414

 

3.0

%

All Other 7

 

 

1,769

 

0.2

%  

 

3,146

 

0.3

%  

 

2,800

 

0.3

%

SG&A Subtotal

 

 

77,427

 

7.2

%  

 

51,420

 

5.0

%  

 

50,474

 

5.3

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted Operating Income (Loss) (a non-GAAP measure)

 

$

20,195

 

1.9

%  

$

10,664

 

1.0

%

$

(31,524)

 

(3.3)

%


1,2,31,2,3,4,5,6,7See the Gross Margin sectionProfit and SG&A and Other (Income) Expense sections above for more detailed explanations of these individual items.

4,5,6,7    See the SG&A section above for more detailed explanations of these individual items.

Provision for Income Taxes

We These items have a full valuation allowance recorded against our net deferredbeen tax assets which effectively offsets our federal taxesaffected at the statutoryCompany’s federal incremental rate of 21%26.3% for 2021 and have26.1% for 2020.

Liquidity, Capital Resources and Cash Flows

Our strong balance sheet and liquidity provide us with the financial flexibility to fund our growth initiatives and position LL Flooring for long-term success. We had this in place for eachcash and cash equivalents of the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016. However, we record$85 million as tax expense each period for income taxes incurred in certain state and foreign jurisdictions resulting in an effective tax rate of (1.8)%, 1.9% and 27.3% for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. 

The Tax Act, which was enacted on December 22, 2017, reduced the U.S. federal corporate tax rate from 35% to 21%, eliminated the 20-year limit on the carryforward of losses, and resulted in the Company remeasuring its existing deferred tax balances in 2017. Generally, the Tax Act became effective in 2018, and it altered the deductibility of certain items (e.g., certain compensation, interest, entertainment expenses), and allowed qualifying capital expenditures to be deducted fully in the year of purchase. As of December 31, 2018, the Company has completed the analysis of the tax effects of the Tax Act and has reflected2021 even after repaying all applicable changes in its financial statements, based on guidance issued to-date. The Company continues to monitor developments by federal and state rulemaking authorities regarding implementation of the Tax Act. As further guidance and clarification is issued by the IRS or state tax jurisdictions, the Company will recognize the impact through its provision for income taxes in the period that the guidance becomes effective.

We intend to maintain a valuation allowance on our deferred tax assets until there is sufficient evidence to support the reversal of all or some portion of these allowances. A reduction in the valuation allowance could result in a significant decrease in income tax expense in the period that the release is recorded. However, the exact timing and amount of any reduction in our valuation allowance are unknown at this time and will be subject to the earnings level we achieve in future periods.

37


We file income tax returns with the U.S. federal government and various state and foreign jurisdictions. In the normal course of business, we are subject to examination by taxing authorities. During 2017, the Internal Revenue Service completed audits$101 million of our income tax returns through 2016.

Diluted Earnings per Share

Net loss foroutstanding debt during the year ended December 31, 2018 was $54.4 million, or  $1.90 per diluted share. Net loss for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $37.8 million, resulting in a losssecond quarter of $1.33 per diluted share. Net loss for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $68.6 million, resulting in a loss of $2.51 per diluted share.2021.

We believe that each of these items can distort the visibility of our ongoing performance and that the evaluation of our financial performance can be enhanced by use of supplemental presentation of our results that exclude the impact of these items.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

 

2018

2017

 

 

(in thousands)

Net Loss, as reported (GAAP)

 

$

(54,379)

 

$

(37,823)

Net Loss per Diluted Share (GAAP)

 

$

(1.90)

 

$

(1.33)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross Margin Items:

 

 

  

 

 

  

Antidumping Adjustments 1

 

 

(4,948)

 

 

(2,797)

HTS Classification Adjustments 2

 

 

(1,711)

 

 

 —

Indoor Air Quality Testing Program (Income) Charges 3

 

 

 —

 

 

(993)

Gross Margin Subtotal

 

 

(6,659)

 

 

(3,790)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SG&A Items:

 

 

  

 

 

  

Accrual for Legal Matters and Settlements 4

 

 

63,951

 

 

36,960

Securities and Derivatives Class Action  5

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Legal and Professional Fees  6

 

 

11,707

 

 

11,314

All Other 7

 

 

1,769

 

 

3,146

SG&A Subtotal

 

 

77,427

 

 

51,420

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tax Impact of Adjustments to Net Loss 8

 

 

 —

 

 

(3,108)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted Earnings

 

$

16,389

 

$

6,699

Adjusted Earnings per Diluted Share (a non-GAAP measure)

 

$

0.57

 

$

0.23

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


1,2,3        See the Gross Margin section above for more detailed explanations of these individual items.

4,5,6,7    See the SG&A section above for more detailed explanations of these individual items.

8  We considered the tax impact related to the pre-tax adjustments above.  The Company has a full valuation allowance recorded against its net deferred tax assets, which effectively offsets its federal taxes, other than a $3.1 million tax benefit the Company recognized related to the Tax Act.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our principal liquidity and capital requirements are for capital expenditures to maintain and grow our business, satisfying our obligations on the recent settlements for the governmental investigations and litigation related to bamboo flooring, working capital, and general corporate purposes. Our principal sources of liquidity at December 31, 20182021, were $11.6cash from our ongoing operations, $85 million of cash and cash equivalents on our balance sheet and $67.9$142 million of availability under our Revolving Loan. As of December 31, 2018, the2021, there was no outstanding balance of the Revolving Loan was $65 million and it carried an interest rate of 4.125%. 

38


We expect the DOJ and SEC settlements totaling $33 million will be paid in the next 30 days. We anticipate funding $1.0 million of the cash portion of the Gold Litigation upon the court’s preliminary approval in the next few months and then fund the remaining $13 million upon the court’s final approval, which may be as early as the fourth quarter of 2019, and as late as 2020, which would be at the end of the claims notice period.

Our liquidity at year end was $79.5 million. After funding the above mentioned items our liquidity would be $45.5 million. We expect to rebuild liquidity by reducing inventory that was purposefully purchased in advance of an announced, but subsequently postponed, 25% tariff on purchases of Chinese goods, expanding our Revolving Loan.

On April 30, 2021, we entered into a Second Amendment to the Credit Agreement to extend the maturity date to April 30, 2026, convert the FILO Term Loan to add incremental borrowing capacity of $35 million, as discussed in more detail underinto the Revolving Credit Facility, headerdecrease the margin for LIBOR Rate Loans, and reduce the LIBOR floor, which is described more fully in this MD&A, through operatingItem 8. Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements.

31

Our cash flows expected as the business benefits from the resolution of historical legal matters.

In 2018, the Company reported a use of cash of $43.0 million. This included building inventory, net of payables, by $54.3operating activities were $39 million for and funding of the MDL of $21.5 million. If we set those two items aside which are not expected to recur, cash from operations would have been a positive $32.8 million in 2018. The Company also generated a positive cash from operations of $39.4 million in 2017,during 2021 which was favorably affectedprimarily the result of our net income during the period of $42 million, accruals for legal matters and settlements of $7.8 million, and growth in customer deposits of $5.7 million, partially offset by income tax refunds but unfavorably impacted by a net outflow to pay down extended trade payables carried into 2017. The Company brought terms current so it could again take advantagean increase in inventory of vendor discounts.  

We currently expect capital expenditures for 2019 to total between $15 million and decreased accounts payable of $8.5 million.

Net cash provided by operating activities was $157 million in 2020 and was primarily due to $61 million in net income, a $39 million decrease in inventory, cash received from United States Customs for tariff receivables of $23 million, growth in customer deposits of $20 million and an increase in accounts payable of $9.9 million. These items were somewhat offset by payments for legal matters and settlements of $18 million.

Net cash flows used in investing activities in 2021 included $19 million but we will continue to assess and adjust our level ofin capital expenditures, based on changing circumstances.  Includedprimarily for opening 14 net new stores and store rebranding. We also plan to invest in capital expenditure in the range of $28 million to $32 million in 2022 to support our growth strategies, such as new store openings and to complete our store rebranding, as well as to increase operational efficiency.

Net cash used in investing activities was $15 million in 2020 and included investments in our capital requirement for 2019,  is the funding to open 10 to 15 stores, remodel and/or relocate some existingnew digital platform, LLFlooring.com, six new stores, and meet any obligations relatedmaintenance to our existing stores.

2021 net cash used in financing activities was $104 million, compared to $19 million provided by financing activities in 2020. The activity in the current year was primarily due to the relocationrepayment of all our corporate headquarters.outstanding debt under the Credit Agreement of $101 million in the second quarter of 2021. Net cash provided by the comparable 2020 period was primarily attributable to $19 million in net borrowings on the Credit Agreement.

Although certain matters remain outstanding, we have taken significant steps to eliminate uncertainty associated with legal and regulatory matters previously discussed.

We believe thatexpect free cash flow from operations, together with liquidity sources mentioned above, will be sufficient to fund our settlementsturn negative in 2022 as a result of rebuilding inventory and operations and anticipated capital expenditures for the next 12 months. We prepare our forecasted cash flow and liquidity estimates based on assumptions that we believe to be reasonable, but are also inherently uncertain. Actual future cash flows could differ from these estimates.investing in growth.

Merchandise Inventories

Merchandise inventory is our most significant asset and is considered either “available for sale” or “inbound in-transit,” based on whether we have physically received and inspected the products at an individual store location, in our distribution centers or in another facility where we control and monitor inspection. During the fourth quarter of 2018, we purposefully purchased inventory in advance of an announced, but subsequently postponed, 25% tariff on purchases of Chinese goods.

Merchandise inventories and available inventory per store in operation on December 31, 2021 and 2020 were as follows:

    

As of

As of

December 31, 2021

    

December 31, 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

As of

 

As of

 

As of

 

December 31, 2018

    

December 31, 2017

    

December 31, 2016

 

(in thousands)

(in thousands)

Inventory – Available for Sale

 

$

275,036

 

$

226,750

 

$

257,537

$

197,927

$

205,664

Inventory – Inbound In-Transit

 

 

43,236

 

 

35,530

 

 

44,355

 

56,458

 

38,745

Total Merchandise Inventories

 

$

318,272

 

$

262,280

 

$

301,892

$

254,385

$

244,409

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available Inventory Per Store

 

$

666

 

$

577

 

$

672

$

467

$

502

Available inventory per store at December 31, 20182021 was higherlower than available inventory per store at December 31, 20172020. The 7% reduction in total inventory from last year was primarily driven by supply chain constraints on replenishment. We plan to return to more historic levels of merchandise inventory in 2022. Our teams are working diligently to receive new inventory in the face of supply chain constraints and closewe are working toward rebuilding inventory by $50 to $70 million by end of 2022.

Credit Agreement

Information with respect to this item may be found in Note 4, “Credit Agreement”, to the amount at December 31, 2016. In addition to the tariff-related purchases, the higher level at December 31, 2018 was primarily due to our holding extra inventory as we transitioned the finishing lines outconsolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Toano, increased safety stock to improve customer service and an initiative to have more of our top-selling floors on-Part II, which is incorporated herein by reference.

3932


hand in store for customers to take with them, as well as an initiative to expand our engineered assortment with new looks to meet customer demand.  Available inventory per store at December 31, 2016 reflected a higher level of inventory related to new product expansion.

Inbound in-transit inventory generally varies due to the timing of certain international shipments and certain seasonal factors, including international holidays, rainy seasons and specific merchandise category planning.

Cash Flows

The following table summarizes our cash flow activities for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

Net Cash (used in) provided by:

 

  

 

  

 

  

Operating Activities

 

(42,986)

 

39,392

 

(27,547)

Investing Activities

 

(13,461)

 

(4,338)

 

(8,333)

Financing Activities

 

49,205

 

(26,193)

 

18,704

Effect of Exchange Rates

 

(1,131)

 

806

 

744

Total

 

(8,373)

 

9,667

 

(16,432)

Operating Activities. Net cash used in operating activities was $43.0 million in 2018 and was primarily due to a $54.3 million increase in inventory, net of payables, which was the result of the build in inventory previously discussed, as well payments of $21.5 million on the remaining cash portion of the Formaldehyde MDL and Abrasion MDL obligation. Absent the build in inventory and the settlement payment, cash from operating activities would have been a positive $32.8 million.

Net cash provided by operating cash flows was $39.4 million in 2017. The overall improvement in operating cash flows for 2017 was due to higher sales, improved gross margin and lower SG&A expenses as a percentage of net sales. Cash for certain working capital items also affected operating cash flows. During 2017, operating cash flows benefited by a $29.2 million tax refund related to our 2016 carry-back, and a $32.5 million reduction in merchandise inventories, offset by a $52.5 million reduction in accounts payable.

Net cash used in operating activities was $27.5 million in 2016 and included a net loss of $68.6 million, which included non-cash amounts for depreciation and amortization of $17.5 million, changes in deferred taxes of $14.2 million, stock-based compensation of $5.6 million, a charge related to the settlement of the Securities Class Action of $16.8 million and lower of cost or market inventory adjustments of $3.7 million. After these adjustments, the cash flow from earnings was a use of cash of $10.8 million. Inclusive in this, is a cash refund of $22.1 million in taxes received in the third quarter related to our carryback of 2015 net operating losses, and a noncash tax benefit recorded that reflects a similar carryback of the 2016 net losses. This use of cash was negatively impacted by the elevated legal and professional fees discussed in the SG&A section above. In 2016, we also generated cash of $2.0 million through increased trade payables, net of increases in inventory, by extending terms with vendors, used cash of $6.2 million related to the settlement of the Lacey Act investigation that was finalized in October 2015 and used $2.5 million in cash related to the settlement of the Derivatives Class Action.

Investing Activities.  Net cash used in investing activities was $13.5 million in 2018, $4.3 million in 2017 and $8.3 million in 2016.  Net cash used in investing activities in each year tracks with our store openings which were 21, 11 and 9 for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. In addition, 2018 included elevated investments in our information technology initiatives.

Financing Activities.  Net cash provided by financing activities was $49.2 million in 2018 and was primarily attributable to $50 million in net borrowings on the Revolving Loan. Net cash used in financing activities was $26.2 million in 2017 and was primarily attributable to $25 million in net payments on the Revolving Loan.  Net cash provided

40


by financing activities was $18.7 million in 2016 and was primarily attributable to $20 million in net borrowings on the Revolving Loan. 

Revolving Credit Facility

On August 17, 2016, we entered into a Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the “Revolving Credit Facility”) with Bank of America, N.A. (the “Bank”) and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Wells Fargo” and, collectively with the Bank, the “Lenders”) with the Bank as administrative agent and collateral agent and Wells Fargo as syndication agent. Under the Revolving Credit Facility, which matures on August 17, 2021, the Lenders agreed to provide us with the Revolving Loan under which we may obtain loans and letters of credit from the Bank up to a maximum aggregate outstanding principal amount of the lesser of $150 million or a calculated borrowing base.  

The Revolving Credit Facility requires customary covenants, including a financial covenant to maintain a fixed charge coverage ratio of at least 1.0 to 1.0, calculated quarterly on a trailing four quarters basis that becomes effective only when specified availability under the Revolving Loan falls below the greater of $15 million or 10% of the maximum revolver amount.  At December 31, 2018,  we had $67.9 million available to borrow under this facility, which was net of $2.1 million in outstanding letters of credit, $65 million in outstanding borrowings and subject to certain limitations as a result of our borrowing base and the fixed charge coverage ratio covenant, as of December 31, 2018.

On March 8, 2019, we entered into a commitment letter with the Lenders, subject to customary closing conditions, that provides for an increase in the Revolving Loan up to a maximum amount of $175 million, and a new “First in Last Out” tranche of $25 million incremental to the $175 million but within the same Revolving Credit Facility. This will also extend the term of the loan until March 2024. We expect to close on this expanded Revolving Credit Facility in late March or early April 2019.

Contractual Commitments and Contingencies

Our significant contractual obligations and commitments as of December 31, 2018 are summarized in the following table:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payments Due by Period

 

    

Total

    

Less Than 1 Year

    

1 to 3 Years

    

3 to 5 Years

    

5+ Years

 

 

(in thousands)

Contractual Obligations

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Operating Lease Obligations  1

 

$

155,213

 

$

36,074

 

$

59,390

 

$

35,321

 

$

24,428

Purchase Obligations 2

 

 

196

 

 

196

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Total Debt Obligations, including current maturities

 

 

65,000

 

 

 —

 

 

65,000

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Total Contractual Obligations

 

$

220,409

 

$

36,270

 

$

124,390

 

$

35,321

 

$

24,428


1      Included in this table is the base period or current renewal period for our operating leases.  The operating leases generally contain varying renewal provisions.

2      Purchase obligations represent capital expenditure commitments.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements or other financing activities with special-purpose entities.

New Accounting Pronouncements

See Summary of Significant Accounting Policies in Note 1 that is included in Item 8 of this Form 10‑K for further information about new accounting pronouncements adopted during 2018 and accounting pronouncements issued but not yet effective.

41


Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Critical accounting policies are those that we believe are both significant and that require us to make difficult, subjective or complex judgments, often because we need to estimate the effect of inherently uncertain matters. We base our estimates and judgments on historical experiences and various other factors that we believe to be appropriate under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates, and we might obtain different estimates if we used different assumptions or conditions. We believe the following critical accounting policies affect our more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our financial statements:statements.

Loss Contingencies

We are involved in various lawsuits, claims, investigations, and proceedings. Certain of these matters include speculative claims for substantial or indeterminate amounts of damages. We record a liability when we believe that it is both probable that a loss has been incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated. If we determine that a loss is reasonably possible and a loss or range of the loss can be estimated, we disclose such amounts. Significant judgment is required to determine both probability and the estimated amount of any loss or range of loss. We assess each legal matter and any related provisions at least quarterly and adjust them accordingly to reflect the impact of negotiations, settlements, rulings, advice of legal counsel, and updated information.

Until a final resolution related to loss contingencies for legal and other contingencies is reached, there may be an exposure to loss in excess of the amount we have recorded, and such amounts could be material, either individually or in the aggregate, to our business, consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows. Therefore, if one or more of these matters were resolved against us for amounts in excess of management’s expectations, our results of operations and financial condition, including in a particular reporting period, could be materially adversely affected.

Valuation of Deferred Tax Assets

We account for income taxes and the related accounts in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 740, “Income Taxes.” Deferred tax liabilities and assets are determined based on the difference between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted rates expected to be in effect during the year in which the differences reverse. We periodically assess the likelihood that we will be able to recover our deferred tax assets and reflect any changes in estimates in the valuation allowance. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion, or all, of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. The current year analysis was impacted by the new tax law in December. At December 31, 2018, we had a valuation allowance of $26.3 million primarily attributable to the uncertainty related to the realizability of our deferred tax assets. We considered all available evidence, both positive and negative, in determining the need for a valuation allowance. Based upon this analysis, including a consideration of our cumulative loss history in the three-year period ended December 31, 2018, we determined that it is not more likely than not that our deferred tax assets will be realized.

Significant management judgment is required in determining our provision for income taxes, deferred tax assets and liabilities and the valuation allowance recorded against our net deferred tax assets, if any. Management considers estimates of the amount and character of future taxable income in assessing the likelihood of realization of deferred tax assets. Our actual effective tax rate and income tax expense could vary from estimated amounts due to the future impacts of various items, including changes in income tax laws, tax planning and the Company’s forecasted financial condition and results of operations in future periods. Although management believes current estimates are reasonable, actual results could differ from these estimates.

Stock-Based Compensation

We currently utilize a single equity incentive plan under which we may grant non-qualified stock options, restricted shares, stock appreciation rights and other equity awards to employees, non-employee directors and other service providers.  We recognize expense for our stock-based compensation based on the fair value of the awards that are granted.  Compensation expense is recognized only for those awards expected to vest, with forfeitures estimated at the date of grant based on our historical experience and future expectations.  Measured compensation cost is recognized ratably over the service period of the entire related stock-based compensation award.

42


The fair value of stock options was estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes-Merton valuation model.  In order to determine the related stock-based compensation expense, we used the following assumptions for stock options granted during 2018:

·

Expected life of 5.5 years;

·

Expected stock price volatility of 55%;

·

Risk-free interest rate of 2.8%; and

·

Dividends are not expected to be paid in any year.

The expected stock price volatility is based on the historical volatility of our stock price. The volatility is estimated for a period of time equal to the expected term of the related option. The risk-free interest rate is based on the implied yield of U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with an equivalent remaining term. The expected term of the options represents the estimated period of time until exercise and is determined by considering the contractual terms, vesting schedule and expectations of future employee behavior. We have never paid a dividend. Had we arrived at different assumptions of stock price volatility or expected terms of our options, our stock-based compensation expense and results of operations could have been different.

Recognition of Net Sales

We recognize net sales for products purchased at the time the customer takes possession of the merchandise. We recognize service revenue, which consists primarily of installation revenue and freight charges for in-home delivery, when the service has been rendered. We report sales exclusive of sales taxes collected from customers and remitted to governmental taxing authorities. Net sales are reduced by an allowance for anticipated sales returns that we estimate based on historical and current sales trends and experience. We believe that our estimate for sales returns is an accurate reflection of future returns. Any reasonably likely changes that may occur in the assumptions underlying our allowance estimates would not be expected to have a material impact on our financial condition or operating performance. Actual sales returns did not vary materially from estimated amounts for 2018,  20172021, 2020 or 2016.2019.

In addition, customers who do not take immediate delivery of their purchases are generally required to pay a deposit, equal to approximately half of the retail sales value, with the balance payable when the customer takes possession of the merchandise. These customer deposits benefit our cash flow and return on investment capital, because we receive partial payment for our customers’ purchases immediately. We record these deposits as a liability on our balance sheet in Customer Deposits and Store Credits until the customer takes possession of the merchandise.

Merchandise InventoriesLeases

We value our merchandise inventoriesThe Company determines if an arrangement is a lease at inception. If the arrangement is a lease, the Company accounts for the transaction in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 842, Leases (“ASC 842”). Operating leases are included in operating lease right-of-use (“ROU”) assets and operating lease liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet. The operating lease ROU asset also is adjusted for any lease payments made and excludes lease incentives and initial direct costs incurred. The Company’s lease terms may include options to extend or terminate the lease at certain dates, typically at the lowerCompany’s own discretion. The Company regularly evaluates the renewal options and when they are

33

reasonably certain of exercise, the weighted average method.  AllCompany includes the renewal period in its lease term. Many of the hardwood flooring we purchase from suppliersCompany’s leases include both lease (e.g., payments including rent, taxes, and insurance costs) and non-lease components (e.g., common-area or other maintenance costs) which are accounted for as a single lease component as the Company has elected the practical expedient to group lease and non-lease components for all leases. Lease expense for minimum lease payments is either prefinishedrecognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the agreement. The Company made an accounting policy election that payments under agreements with an initial term of 12 months or unfinished, and in immediate saleable form. Inventory cost includesless will not be included on the costs of bringing an article to its existing condition and location such as shipping and handling and import tariffs. To the extent that we finish and box unfinished products, we include those costsconsolidated balance sheet but will be recognized in the average unit costconsolidated statements of related merchandise inventory.  In determining market value, we make judgmentsoperations on a straight-line basis over the term of the agreement.

The operating lease ROU assets and estimatesoperating lease liabilities are recognized as to the marketpresent value of our products,the future minimum lease payments over the lease term at commencement date. As most of the leases do not provide an implicit rate, the Company uses its incremental borrowing rate based on factors such as historical resultsthe information available at commencement date in determining the present value of future payments. The incremental borrowing rate is estimated based on U.S. Composite yields obtained from Bloomberg based on a third-party’s estimate of the Company’s credit rating. The determination of an appropriate secured incremental borrowing rate requires judgments in selecting an appropriate yield curve and current sales trends.  Any reasonably likely changesestimating adjustments for collateralization and inflation. Based on the volume of new store leases that may occur in those assumptionsthe Company enters into each year, a significant increase or decrease in the future may require usincremental borrowing rates used to record charges for losses or obsolescence against these assets, but would not be expected todiscount lease payments could have a materialsignificant impact on our financial condition orthe value of operating performance. Actual losseslease liabilities and obsolescence charges did not vary materially from estimated amounts for 2018,  2017 or 2016.right-of-use assets subsequently reported on its consolidated balance sheet.

43


Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures Aboutabout Market Risk.

Interest Rate Risk

We are exposed to interest rate risk through the investment of our cash and cash equivalents and our Revolving Loan.Credit Agreement. We may invest our cash in short-term investments with maturities of three months or less. Changes in interest rates affect the interest income we earn, and therefore impact our cash flows and results of operations. Borrowings under our Revolving LoanCredit Agreement are exposed to interest rate risk due to the variable rate of the Revolving Credit Facility.  Asborrowings. The Company’s incremental borrowing rate for $1 million as of December 31, 2018,  we had $652021 was 1.5% so the incremental interest cost on that million, if outstanding under our Revolving Loan.  Iffor the interest rate had varied by 1% in either direction throughout 2018, interest expensefull year, would have fluctuated by $650,000.been $15 thousand.

We currently do not engage in any interest rate hedging activity and have no current intention to do so. However, in the future, in an effort to mitigate losses associated with these risks, we may at times enter into derivative financial instruments, although we have not historically done so. We do not, and do not intend to, engage in the practice of trading derivative securities for profit.

Exchange Rate Risk

Less than two percent of our revenue, expense and capital purchasing activities are transacted in currencies other than the U.S.United States dollar, including the Euro, Canadian dollar, Chinese yuan and Brazilian real.

We currently do not engage in any exchange rate hedging activity as the vast majority of our foreign purchases are denominated in U.S.United States dollars. However, in the future, in an effort to mitigate losses associated with these risks, we may at times engage in transactions involving various derivative instruments to hedge revenues, inventory purchases, assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies. IfAs discussed in Item 8. Note 11 to the exchange rate onconsolidated financial statements, we closed all our stores in Canada in December 31, 2018 had varied by 10% in either direction, net income from Canadian operations would have fluctuated nominally.2020.

4434


4535


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the StockholdersShareholders and the Board of Directors of Lumber LiquidatorsLL Flooring Holdings, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Lumber LiquidatorsLL Flooring Holdings, Inc. (the Company) as of December 31, 20182021 and 2017,2020, the related consolidated statements of operations,income, comprehensive income (loss), stockholders'stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2018,2021, and the related notes and Financial Statement Schedule II - Analysis of Valuation and Qualifying Accountslisted in the Index at Item 15(a) (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 20182021 and 2017,2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2018,2021, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company’sCompany's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018,2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework), and our report dated March 18, 2019 February 22, 2022 expressed an adverseunqualified opinion thereon.thereon.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matter

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective or complex judgments. The communication of the critical audit matter does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

36

Legal Contingencies

Description of the Matter

As discussed in Note 10 of the consolidated financial statements, the Company is involved in various lawsuits, claims, investigations, and proceedings for which it has not yet reached a settlement agreement or other resolution. The Company recognizes a liability when it is both probable that a loss has been incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated. If the Company determines that a loss is reasonably possible and a loss or range of the loss can be estimated, they disclose such amounts. For certain matters, particularly where a settlement agreement has not yet been reached, judgment is required to determine the probability and estimate the loss or range of loss. The Company assesses each legal matter and any related provisions to reflect the impact of negotiations, settlements, rulings, and the advice of legal counsel.

Auditing management's evaluation of whether a loss for contingencies is probable, reasonably possible or remote, the measurement of the amount or range of possible loss, and the related disclosures, was subjective and required more complex auditor judgment. For instance, auditing management's judgments related to claims where the matter has not yet been tried in court or where the Company has not otherwise agreed to a settlement with plaintiffs was more complex due to the judgment applied in evaluating the likelihood of the outcomes related to the matters.

How We Addressed the Matter in Our Audit

We tested the Company's internal controls that address the risks of material misstatement related to the recognition, measurement and disclosure of legal contingencies for which a settlement agreement has not yet been reached. For example, we tested controls over management’s review of the evaluation of legal contingencies for which a settlement agreement has not yet been reached.

To test the Company's accounting for and disclosure of legal contingencies for which a settlement agreement has not yet been reached, our substantive audit procedures included, among others, testing the Company's evaluation of the probability of outcome and range of loss, if estimable, through inspection of responses to inquiry letters sent to both internal and external legal counsel, discussions with internal counsel to confirm our understanding of the allegations and related merits, and by obtaining written representations from executives of the Company. When applicable, we also compared the Company's evaluation of these matters with its relevant history, or those of other

37

entities, for similar legal contingencies that have been settled or otherwise resolved. In addition, we evaluated the adequacy of the Company’s financial statement disclosures.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2003.

Richmond, Virginia
March 18, 2019February 22, 2022

4638


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the StockholdersShareholders and the Board of Directors of Lumber LiquidatorsLL Flooring Holdings, Inc.

Opinion on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

We have audited Lumber LiquidatorsLL Flooring Holdings, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018,2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). In our opinion, because of the effect of the material weakness described below on the achievement of the objectives of the control criteria, Lumber LiquidatorsLL Flooring Holdings, Inc. (the Company) has not maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018,2021, based on the COSO criteria.

A material weakness is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The following material weakness has been identified and included in management’s assessment. Management has identified a material weakness in transaction level and review controls related to the calculation and measurement of import tariff obligations on inventory purchases.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the 20182021 consolidated financial statements of the Company. This material weakness was considered in determining the nature, timing Companyand extent of audit tests applied in our audit of the 2018 consolidated financial statements, and this report does not affect our report dated March 18, 2019, whichFebruary 22, 2022 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

Basis for Opinion

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company'sCompany’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.

Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely

4739


detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Richmond, Virginia
March 18, 2019February 22, 2022

4840


Lumber LiquidatorsLL Flooring Holdings, Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 

 

December 31, 

 

    

2018

    

2017

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

Current Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

$

11,565

 

$

19,938

Merchandise Inventories

 

 

318,272

 

 

262,280

Prepaid Expenses

 

 

6,299

 

 

9,108

Deposit for Legal Settlement

 

 

21,500

 

 

 —

Other Current Assets

 

 

8,667

 

 

6,670

Total Current Assets

 

 

366,303

 

 

297,996

Property and Equipment, net

 

 

93,689

 

 

100,491

Goodwill

 

 

9,693

 

 

9,693

Other Assets

 

 

5,832

 

 

2,615

Total Assets

 

$

475,517

 

$

410,795

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts Payable

 

$

73,412

 

$

67,676

Customer Deposits and Store Credits

 

 

40,332

 

 

38,546

Accrued Compensation

 

 

9,265

 

 

12,101

Sales and Income Tax Liabilities

 

 

4,200

 

 

4,273

Accrual for Legal Matters and Settlements Current

 

 

97,625

 

 

36,960

Other Current Liabilities

 

 

17,290

 

 

18,605

Total Current Liabilities

 

 

242,124

 

 

178,161

Other Long-Term Liabilities

 

 

20,203

 

 

19,235

Deferred Tax Liability

 

 

792

 

 

552

Revolving Credit Facility

 

 

65,000

 

 

15,000

Total Liabilities

 

 

328,119

 

 

212,948

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ Equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common Stock ($0.001 par value; 35,000 shares authorized; 31,578 and 31,397 shares issued and 28,627 and 28,490 shares outstanding at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively)

 

 

32

 

 

31

Treasury Stock, at cost (2,951 and 2,907 shares, respectively)

 

 

(141,828)

 

 

(140,875)

Additional Capital

 

 

213,744

 

 

208,629

Retained Earnings

 

 

76,835

 

 

131,214

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

 

 

(1,385)

 

 

(1,152)

Total Stockholders’ Equity

 

 

147,398

 

 

197,847

Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

 

$

475,517

 

$

410,795

December 31, 

December 31, 

    

2021

    

2020

Assets

Current Assets:

Cash and Cash Equivalents

$

85,189

$

169,941

Merchandise Inventories

254,385

244,409

Prepaid Expenses

9,160

9,370

Tariff Recovery Receivable

4,078

Other Current Assets

11,094

10,354

Total Current Assets

359,828

438,152

Property and Equipment, net

96,926

97,557

Operating Lease Right-of-Use Assets

119,510

109,475

Goodwill

9,693

9,693

Net Deferred Tax Assets

11,336

11,611

Other Assets

8,599

7,860

Total Assets

$

605,892

$

674,348

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

Current Liabilities:

Accounts Payable

$

63,464

$

70,543

Customer Deposits and Store Credits

67,063

61,389

Accrued Compensation

10,128

15,347

Sales and Income Tax Liabilities

4,297

5,793

Accrual for Legal Matters and Settlements

33,611

30,398

Operating Lease Liabilities - Current

33,060

33,024

Other Current Liabilities

20,717

25,761

Total Current Liabilities

232,340

242,255

Other Long-Term Liabilities

4,268

13,293

Operating Lease Liabilities - Long-Term

97,163

90,194

Credit Agreement

101,000

Total Liabilities

333,771

446,742

Stockholders’ Equity:

Common Stock ($0.001 par value; 35,000 shares authorized; 30,536 and 30,229 shares issued and 29,113 and 28,911 shares outstanding at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively

31

30

Treasury Stock, at cost (1,423 and 1,318 shares, respectively)

(145,337)

(142,977)

Additional Capital

227,804

222,628

Retained Earnings

189,623

147,925

Total Stockholders’ Equity

272,121

227,606

Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

$

605,892

$

674,348

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

4941


Lumber LiquidatorsLL Flooring Holdings, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of OperationsIncome

(in thousands except per share amounts)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

 

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Sales

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Merchandise Sales

 

$

955,949

 

$

938,269

 

$

895,612

Net Services Sales

 

 

128,687

 

 

90,664

 

 

64,976

Total Net Sales

 

 

1,084,636

 

 

1,028,933

 

 

960,588

Cost of Sales

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of Merchandise Sold

 

 

596,411

 

 

591,087

 

 

608,834

Cost of Services Sold

 

 

95,285

 

 

68,785

 

 

47,885

Total Cost of Sales

 

 

691,696

 

 

659,872

 

 

656,719

Gross Profit

 

 

392,940

 

 

369,061

 

 

303,869

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

 

 

443,513

 

 

406,027

 

 

397,504

Operating Loss

 

 

(50,573)

 

 

(36,966)

 

 

(93,635)

Other Expense

 

 

2,827

 

 

1,591

 

 

638

Loss Before Income Taxes

 

 

(53,400)

 

 

(38,557)

 

 

(94,273)

Income Tax Expense (Benefit)

 

 

979

 

 

(734)

 

 

(25,710)

Net Loss

 

$

(54,379)

 

$

(37,823)

 

$

(68,563)

Net Loss per Common Share—Basic

 

$

(1.90)

 

$

(1.33)

 

$

(2.51)

Net Loss per Common Share—Diluted

 

$

(1.90)

 

$

(1.33)

 

$

(2.51)

Weighted Average Common Shares Outstanding:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Basic

 

 

28,571

 

 

28,407

 

 

27,284

Diluted

 

 

28,571

 

 

28,407

 

 

27,284

Year Ended December 31, 

    

2021

    

2020

    

2019

Net Sales

Net Merchandise Sales

$

993,943

$

974,829

$

956,041

Net Services Sales

158,401

122,873

136,561

Total Net Sales

1,152,344

1,097,702

1,092,602

Cost of Sales

Cost of Merchandise Sold

588,166

574,944

586,918

Cost of Services Sold

124,136

95,046

101,998

Total Cost of Sales

 

712,302

 

669,990

 

688,916

Gross Profit

 

440,042

 

427,712

 

403,686

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

 

387,356

 

371,430

 

386,970

Operating Income

 

52,686

 

56,282

 

16,716

Other (Income) Expense

 

(104)

 

2,642

 

3,764

Income Before Income Taxes

 

52,790

 

53,640

 

12,952

Income Tax Expense (Benefit)

 

11,092

 

(7,787)

 

3,289

Net Income

$

41,698

$

61,427

$

9,663

Net Income per Common Share—Basic

$

1.44

$

2.13

$

0.34

Net Income per Common Share—Diluted

$

1.41

$

2.10

$

0.34

Weighted Average Common Shares Outstanding:

 

  

 

  

 

  

Basic

 

29,041

 

28,830

 

28,689

Diluted

 

29,525

 

29,247

 

28,793

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

5042


Lumber LiquidatorsLL Flooring Holdings, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive LossIncome

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

 

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Loss

 

$

(54,379)

 

$

(37,823)

 

$

(68,563)

Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Foreign Currency Translation Adjustments

 

 

(233)

 

 

304

 

 

209

Total Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income

 

 

(233)

 

 

304

 

 

209

Comprehensive Loss

 

$

(54,612)

 

$

(37,519)

 

$

(68,354)

Year Ended December 31, 

 

2021

    

2020

    

2019

Net Income

$

41,698

$

61,427

$

9,663

Other Comprehensive Income (Loss):

 

  

 

  

 

  

Foreign Currency Translation Adjustments

 

 

823

 

(195)

Reclassification of Foreign Currency Translation to Earnings

757

Total Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

 

 

1,580

 

(195)

Comprehensive Income

$

41,698

$

63,007

$

9,468

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

5143


Lumber LiquidatorsLL Flooring Holdings, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

Total

 

    

Common Stock

    

Treasury Stock

    

Additional

    

Retained

    

Comprehensive

    

Stockholders’

 

 

Shares

    

Par Value

 

Shares

    

Value

 

Capital

 

Earnings

 

Income (Loss)

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2015

 

27,088

 

$

30

 

2,825

 

$

(138,987)

 

$

180,590

 

$

237,600

 

$

(1,665)

 

$

277,568

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock-Based Compensation Expense

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

5,487

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

5,487

Exercise of Stock Options

 

59

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

539

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

539

Tax Effect of Stock-Based Compensation

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(675)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(675)

Stock Issued upon Legal Settlement

 

1,000

 

 

 1

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

16,759

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

16,760

Release of Restricted Shares

 

101

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Common Stock Repurchased

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

29

 

 

(433)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(433)

Translation Adjustment

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

209

 

 

209

Net Loss

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(68,563)

 

 

 —

 

 

(68,563)

December 31, 2016

 

28,248

 

$

31

 

2,854

 

$

(139,420)

 

$

202,700

 

$

169,037

 

$

(1,456)

 

$

230,892

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock-Based Compensation Expense

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

4,582

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

4,582

Exercise of Stock Options

 

88

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

1,347

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

1,347

Release of Restricted Shares

 

154

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Common Stock Repurchased

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

53

 

 

(1,455)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(1,455)

Translation Adjustment

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

304

 

 

304

Net Loss

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(37,823)

 

 

 —

 

 

(37,823)

December 31, 2017

 

28,490

 

$

31

 

2,907

 

$

(140,875)

 

$

208,629

 

$

131,214

 

$

(1,152)

 

$

197,847

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock-Based Compensation Expense

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

4,346

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

4,346

Exercise of Stock Options

 

44

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

770

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

770

Release of Restricted Shares

 

93

 

 

 1

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(1)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Common Stock Repurchased

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

44

 

 

(953)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(953)

Translation Adjustment

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(233)

 

 

(233)

Net Loss

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(54,379)

 

 

 —

 

 

(54,379)

December 31, 2018

 

28,627

 

$

32

 

2,951

 

$

(141,828)

 

$

213,744

 

$

76,835

 

$

(1,385)

 

$

147,398

Accumulated

Other

Total

    

Common Stock

    

Treasury Stock

    

Additional

    

Retained

    

Comprehensive

    

Stockholders’

Shares

    

Par Value

Shares

    

Value

Capital

Earnings

 

Income (Loss)

Equity

December 31, 2018

 

28,627

$

32

 

2,951

$

(141,828)

$

213,744

$

76,835

$

(1,385)

$

147,398

Stock-Based Compensation Expense

 

4,872

 

4,872

Release of Restricted Shares

 

87

 

Common Stock Repurchased

 

(2)

(1,706)

(486)

 

(488)

Translation Adjustment

 

(195)

 

(195)

Net Income

 

9,663

 

9,663

December 31, 2019

 

28,714

$

30

 

1,245

$

(142,314)

$

218,616

$

86,498

$

(1,580)

$

161,250

Stock-Based Compensation Expense

 

3,333

 

3,333

Exercise of Stock Options

 

40

679

 

679

Release of Restricted Shares

 

157

 

Common Stock Repurchased

 

73

(663)

 

(663)

Translation Adjustment

 

823

 

823

Reclassification of Foreign Currency Translation to Earnings

757

757

Net Income

 

61,427

 

61,427

December 31, 2020

 

28,911

$

30

 

1,318

$

(142,977)

$

222,628

$

147,925

$

$

227,606

Stock-Based Compensation Expense

 

5,113

 

5,113

Exercise of Stock Options

 

6

1

63

 

64

Release of Restricted Shares

 

196

 

Common Stock Repurchased

 

105

(2,360)

 

(2,360)

Net Income

 

41,698

 

41,698

December 31, 2021

 

29,113

$

31

 

1,423

$

(145,337)

$

227,804

$

189,623

$

$

272,121

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

5244


Lumber LiquidatorsLL Flooring Holdings, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

    

2018

    

2017

 

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Net Loss

 

$

(54,379)

 

$

(37,823)

 

$

(68,563)

Adjustments to Reconcile Net Loss:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Depreciation and Amortization

 

 

18,425

 

 

17,739

 

 

17,505

Deferred Income Taxes (Benefit) Provision

 

 

240

 

 

(3,246)

 

 

14,205

Stock-Based Compensation Expense

 

 

4,091

 

 

4,735

 

 

5,568

Provision for Inventory Obsolescence Reserves

 

 

3,108

 

 

6,349

 

 

3,723

Impairment and Loss on Disposal of Fixed Assets

 

 

1,818

 

 

1,498

 

 

 —

Stock-Based Portion of Provision for Securities Class Action

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

16,760

Changes in Operating Assets and Liabilities:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Merchandise Inventories

 

 

(59,179)

 

 

32,614

 

 

(62,054)

Accounts Payable

 

 

4,852

 

 

(52,475)

 

 

64,025

Customer Deposits and Store Credits

 

 

1,685

 

 

6,001

 

 

(988)

Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets

 

 

2,902

 

 

28,962

 

 

(11,411)

Accrual for Legal Matters and Settlements

 

 

63,951

 

 

36,960

 

 

 —

Deposit for Legal Settlement

 

 

(21,500)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Other Assets and Liabilities

 

 

(9,000)

 

 

(1,922)

 

 

(6,317)

Net Cash (Used in) Provided by Operating Activities

 

 

(42,986)

 

 

39,392

 

 

(27,547)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Investing Activities:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Purchases of Property and Equipment

 

 

(14,332)

 

 

(7,411)

 

 

(8,908)

Proceeds from Disposal of Fixed Assets

 

 

871

 

 

2,273

 

 

 —

Other Investing Activities

 

 

 —

 

 

800

 

 

575

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities

 

 

(13,461)

 

 

(4,338)

 

 

(8,333)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Borrowings on Revolving Credit Facility

 

 

74,000

 

 

40,000

 

 

37,000

Payments on Revolving Credit Facility

 

 

(24,000)

 

 

(65,000)

 

 

(17,000)

Proceeds from the Exercise of Stock Options

 

 

770

 

 

1,347

 

 

539

Payments for Stock Repurchases

 

 

(953)

 

 

(1,455)

 

 

(433)

Payments on Financed Insurance Obligations

 

 

(612)

 

 

(734)

 

 

 —

Payments on Capital Lease Obligations

 

 

 —

 

 

(351)

 

 

(469)

Payments for Debt Issuance Costs

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(933)

Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Financing Activities

 

 

49,205

 

 

(26,193)

 

 

18,704

Effect of Exchange Rates on Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

 

(1,131)

 

 

806

 

 

744

Net (Decrease) Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

 

(8,373)

 

 

9,667

 

 

(16,432)

Cash and Cash Equivalents, Beginning of Year

 

 

19,938

 

 

10,271

 

 

26,703

Cash and Cash Equivalents, End of Year

 

$

11,565

 

$

19,938

 

$

10,271

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash operating and financing activities:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Financed Insurance Premiums

 

$

 —

 

$

1,346

 

$

 —

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Borrowing on Capital Lease Obligation to Acquire Equipment

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

351

Year Ended December 31,

    

2021

    

2020

 

2019

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:

 

  

 

  

 

  

Net Income

$

41,698

$

61,427

$

9,663

Adjustments to Reconcile Net Income:

 

  

 

  

 

  

Depreciation and Amortization

 

18,833

 

17,645

 

17,465

Deferred Income Taxes Provision (Benefit)

 

276

 

(12,037)

 

(366)

Income on Vouchers Redeemed for Legal Settlements

(1,676)

-

-

Stock-Based Compensation Expense

 

5,113

 

3,333

 

4,848

Provision for Inventory Obsolescence Reserves

 

2,345

 

3,036

 

1,888

Antidumping Adjustments

(6,279)

(2,208)

1,143

Impairment of Operating Lease Right-Of-Use

935

Reclassification of Foreign Currency Translation to Earnings

 

 

757

 

Loss (Gain) on Disposal of Fixed Assets

 

44

 

(211)

 

(221)

Changes in Operating Assets and Liabilities:

 

 

 

Merchandise Inventories

 

(15,104)

 

38,617

 

28,941

Accounts Payable

 

(8,538)

 

9,910

 

(13,640)

Customer Deposits and Store Credits

 

5,674

 

19,818

 

1,353

Tariff Recovery Receivable

4,078

22,947

(27,025)

Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets

 

700

 

(4,094)

 

(88)

Accrued Compensation

(5,219)

3,605

2,477

Accrual for Legal Matters and Settlements

 

7,773

 

2,507

 

4,575

Payments for Legal Matters and Settlements

(101)

(18,080)

(34,729)

Deferred Rent Payments

(2,315)

2,947

Deferred Payroll Taxes

(2,542)

5,131

Other Assets and Liabilities

 

(6,090)

 

1,061

 

4,045

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities

 

38,670

 

157,046

 

329

Cash Flows from Investing Activities:

 

  

 

  

 

  

Purchases of Property and Equipment

 

(19,443)

 

(15,828)

 

(19,906)

Other Investing Activities

 

71

 

966

 

422

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities

 

(19,372)

 

(14,862)

 

(19,484)

Cash Flows from Financing Activities:

 

 

 

  

Borrowings on Credit Agreement

 

 

45,000

 

104,500

Payments on Credit Agreement

 

(101,000)

 

(26,000)

 

(87,500)

Common Stock Repurchased

 

(2,360)

 

(663)

 

(488)

Other Financing Activities

 

(690)

 

441

 

(631)

Net Cash (Used in) Provided by Financing Activities

 

(104,050)

 

18,778

 

15,881

Effect of Exchange Rates on Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

 

(14)

 

702

Net (Decrease) Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

(84,752)

 

160,948

 

(2,572)

Cash and Cash Equivalents, Beginning of Year

 

169,941

 

8,993

 

11,565

Cash and Cash Equivalents, End of Year

$

85,189

$

169,941

$

8,993

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash operating and financing activities:

 

  

 

  

 

  

Relief of Inventory for Vouchers Redeemed for Legal Settlements

$

2,783

$

$

Release of Deposit for Legal Settlement and Liability

21,500

Tenant Improvement Allowance for Leases

(1,230)

(726)

(2,962)

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

5345


Lumber LiquidatorsLL Flooring Holdings, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except share data and per share amounts)

Note 1.         Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Nature of Business

LL Flooring Holdings, Inc., formerly Lumber Liquidators Holdings,Holding, Inc., and its direct and indirect subsidiaries (collectively and, where applicable, individually, the “Company”) engage in business as a multi-channel specialty retailer of hard-surface flooring, and hard-surface flooring enhancements and accessories, operating as a single operating segment. The Company offers an extensive assortment of exoticvinyl plank, solid and domestic hardwood species, engineered hardwood, laminate, resilient vinyl, waterproof vinyl plank andbamboo, porcelain tile, flooring direct to the consumer. The Company also features the renewable flooring products, bamboo and cork, and provideswith a wide selectionrange of flooring enhancements and accessories including moldings, noise-reducing underlayment, adhesives and flooring tools.to complement direct to the consumer. The Company also provides in-home delivery and installation services to its customers. The Company primarily sells primarily to homeowners or to contractorsPros on behalf of homeowners through a network of store locations in metropolitan areas. The Company’s stores spanned 47 states in the United States (“U.S.”) and included eight stores in Canada at December 31, 2018.2021. In addition to the store locations, the Company’s products may be ordered, and customer questions/concerns addressed, through both its callcustomer relationship center in Toano,Richmond, Virginia, and its website, www.lumberliquidators.com. The Company finished the majority of its Bellawood products on its finishing lines in Toano, Virginia, which along with the call center, corporate offices, and a distribution center, represent the “Corporate Headquarters.” In July of 2018, the Company announced its plan to sell its finishing line equipment to an unaffiliated third-party purchaser and to relocate its corporate headquarters to Richmond, Virginia, in 2019. The Company ceased finishing floors in January 2019.digital platform, LLFlooring.com.

Organization and Basis of Financial Statement Presentation

The consolidated financial statements of Lumber LiquidatorsLL Flooring Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, include the accounts of its wholly owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

In order to conform to the current year presentation, the Company has reclassified net services sales and net cost of services sold on the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, to separate line items from total net sales with the remainder being classified as net merchandise sales and cost of merchandise sold.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. During 2018 and 2017, the Company has recognized significant liabilities related to various legal and regulatory matters. While the payment of these liabilities has had, and is expected to have, a material adverse impact on the Company’s liquidity and cash flow from operations, theThe Company estimates that it has sufficient liquidity through amounts available under its Revolving Credit Facility and forecasted cash flows from operations and Revolving Credit Facility to fund its working capital, including these legal and regulatory liabilities.capital. The Company prepares its forecasted cash flow and liquidity estimates based on assumptions that it believes to be reasonable but are also inherently uncertain. Actual future cash flows could differ from these estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company had cash and cash equivalents of $11.6$85 million and $19.9$170 million at December 31, 20182021 and 2017,2020, respectively. The Company maintained a high cash and cash equivalents balance at the end of 2020 to provide financial flexibility during the COVID-19 uncertainty; it repaid all $101 million of its outstanding debt during 2021. The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity date of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents, of which there was zerowere 0 at December 31, 20182021 and 2017,2020, respectively. The

54


Company accepts a range of debit and credit cards, and these transactions are generally transmitted to a bank for reimbursement within 24 hours. The payments due from the banks for these debit and credit card transactions are generally received, or settled, within 24 to 48 hours of the transmission date. The Company considers all debit and credit card transactions that settle in less than seven days to be cash and cash equivalents. Amounts due from the banks for these transactions classified as cash equivalents totaled $7.3$7.2 millionand $13.3$7.9 million at December 31, 20182021 and 2017,2020, respectively.

Credit Programs

Credit is offered to the Company’s customers through a proprietary credit card, underwritten by a third-party financial institution and at no recourse to the Company. A credit line is offered to the Company’s professional customers through the Lumber LiquidatorsLL Flooring Commercial Credit Program. This commercial credit program is underwritten by a third-party financial institution, generally with no recourse to the Company.

46

As part of the credit program, the Company’s customers may tender their Lumber LiquidatorsLL Flooring credit card to receive installation services. As of December 31, 2018,2021, the Company utilized a network of associates to perform certain customer-facing, consultative services and coordinate the installation of its flooring products by third-party independent contractors in all of its stores.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying amounts of financial instruments such as cash and cash equivalents, accounts payable and other liabilities approximates fair value because of the short-term nature of these items. The carrying amount of obligations under its Revolving Credit Facility approximates fair value due to the variable rate of interest.

Merchandise Inventories

The Company values merchandise inventories at the lower of cost andor net realizable value. The method by which amounts are removed from inventory is weighted average cost. All of the hardwood flooring purchased from vendors is either prefinished or unfinished, and in immediate saleable form.  The Company relies on a select group of international suppliers to provide imported flooring products that meet the Company’s specifications.  The Company is subject to risks associated with obtaining products from abroad, including disruptions or delays in production, shipments, delivery or processing, including due to the COVID-19 pandemic. Merchandise inventories as of both December 31, 2021, and 2020 were below historic levels as a result of supply chain constraints and COVID-19.   The Company plans to return to more historic levels of merchandise inventory in 2022.

Inventory cost includes the costs of bringing an article to its existing condition and location such as shipping and handling and import tariffs. Prior to the sale of the finishing line equipment in 2018, the Company would add the finish to, and box, various species of unfinished product, to produce certain proprietary products, primarily Bellawood. Any finishing and boxing costs were included in the average unit cost of related merchandise inventory. In addition, theThe Company maintains an inventory reserve for loss or obsolescence based on historical results and current sales trends. This reserve was $6.8$5.6 million and $5.6$6.7 million at December 31, 20182021 and 2017,2020, respectively.

Included in merchandise inventories are tariff related costs, including Section 301 tariffs on certain products imported from China in recent years. A subset of these imports for certain click vinyl and other engineered products (the “Subset Products”) received an exemption that was made retroactive to the beginning of the Section 301 Tariffs for a period of time. The Company has deployed strategies to mitigate tariffs and improve gross margin, including alternative country sourcing, partnering with current vendors to lower costs and introduce new products, and adjusting its pricing.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company evaluates potential impairment losses on long-lived assets and right-of-use assets used in operations when events and circumstances indicate that the assets may be impaired, and the undiscounted cash flows estimated to be generated by those assets are less than the carrying amounts of those assets. If impairment exists and the undiscounted cash flows estimated to be generated by those assets are less than the carrying amount of those assets, an impairment loss is recorded based on the difference between the carrying value and fair value of the assets.

During 2018, the The Company decided to exit the finishing business and entered into an agreement to sell this equipment to a third party, which altered the Company’s expectations of future cash flows from these long-lived assets. As a result, the Company tested certain long-lived assets for impairment and recorded a $1.8$0.9 million impairment charge within selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expenseson operating lease right-of-use assets in its accompanying consolidated statements of operations. The charge was measured as2020 in conjunction with the difference between the fair value (Level 2 inputs under ASC 820) of the assets and the carrying value of the related net assets based on the contract to sell to a third party. The Company received $0.8 millionstore closures described in connection with this transaction during 2018 and has $1.0 millionNote 11. NaN impairment losses were recorded in assets held-for-sale, included in Other Current Assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2018.

55


During 2017, the Company determined that the carrying value of certain assets that had once been part of a discontinued vertical integration strategy was above their fair value and recorded an impairment charge of $1.5 million within SG&A expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. The charge was measured as the difference between the fair value (Level 2 inputs under the fair value hierarchy) of the assets and the carrying value of the related net assets based on a contract to sell to a third party.

No impairment charges were recognized in 2016.

2021 or 2019.

Goodwill and Other Indefinite-Lived Intangibles

Goodwill represents the costs in excess of the fair value of net assets acquired associated with acquisitions by the Company. Other assets include $0.8 million for an indefinite-lived intangible asset for the phone number 1‑800‑HARDWOOD and related internet domain names. The Company evaluates these assetsgoodwill for impairment on an annual basis, or whenever events or changes in circumstance indicate that the asset carrying value for the reporting unit exceeds its fair value.value. Based on the analysis performed, the Company has concluded that no0 impairment in the value of these assetsgoodwill has occurred.

Self-Insurance

The Company is self-insured for certain employee health benefit claims and for certain workers’ compensation claims. The Company estimates a liability for aggregate losses below stop-loss coverage limits based on estimates of the

47

ultimate costs to be incurred to settle known claims and claims incurred but not reported as of the balance sheet date. The estimated liability is not discounted and is based on a number of assumptions and factors including historical and industry trends and economic conditions. This liability could be affected if future occurrences and claims differ from these assumptions and historical trends. As of December 31, 20182021 and 2017,2020, the Company had accruals of $2.4$3.2 million and $2.1$2.9 million, respectively, related to estimated claims was included in other current liabilities.

Recognition of Net Sales

In May 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-09 (“Topic 606”), Revenue from Contracts with Customers, which superseded the revenue recognition requirements in Topic 605, Revenue Recognition, including most industry-specific revenue recognition guidance. The core principle of Topic 606 is that an entity recognizes revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services and when control of those goods and services has passed to the customer. The Company adopted Topic 606 as of January 1, 2018 using the modified retrospective transition method. However, because adoption of the standard did not change the timing or amount of the Company’s recognition of revenue and because the Company does not recognize revenues for partial contracts, there was no adjustment to retained earnings needed as part of the adoption of the new standard. 

The Company generates revenues primarily by retailing merchandise in the form of hardwoodhard-surface and porcelain flooring and accessories. Additionally, the Company expands its revenues by offering services to deliver and/or install this merchandise for its customers; it considers these services to be separate performance obligations. The separate performance obligations are detailed on the customer’s invoice(s) and the customer often purchases flooring merchandise without purchasing installation or delivery services. Sales occur through a network of 413424 stores, which spanned 47 states including eight stores in Canada at December 31, 2018.2021. In addition, both the merchandise and services can be ordered through a call centerThe Company’s Customer Relationship Center and from the Company’s website, www.lumberliquidators.com.digital platform, LLFlooring.com. The Company’s agreements with its customers are of short duration (less than a year), and as such the Company has elected not to disclose revenue for partially satisfied contracts that will be completed in the days following the end of a period as permitted by GAAP. The Company reports its revenues exclusive of sales taxes collected from customers and remitted to governmental taxing authorities, consistent with past practice.authorities.

Revenue is based on consideration specified in a contract with a customer and excludes any sales incentives from vendors and amounts collected on behalf of third parties. The Company recognizes revenue when it satisfies a performance obligation by transferring control over a product to a customer or performing service for a customer.

56


Revenues from installation and freight services are recognized when the delivery is made or the installation is complete, which approximates the recognition of revenue over time due to the short duration of service provided. The price of the Company’s merchandise and services is specified in the respective contract and detailed on the invoice agreed to with the customer including any discounts. The Company generally requires customers to pay a deposit, equal to approximately half of the retail sales value, when ordering merchandise not regularly carried in a given location or not currently in stock. In addition, the Company generally does not extend credit to its customers with payment due in full at the time the customer takes possession of merchandise or when the service is provided. Customer payments and deposits received in advance of the customer taking possession of the merchandise or receiving the services are recorded as deferred revenues in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet caption Customer“Customer Deposits and Store Credits. Credits”.

The following table shows the activity in this account for the periods noted:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

2018

 

2017

 

2016

Year Ended December 31, 

2021

2020

2019

Customer Deposits and Store Credits, Beginning Balance

$

(38,546)

 

$

(32,639)

 

$

(33,771)

$

(61,389)

$

(41,571)

$

(40,332)

New Deposits

 

(1,155,019)

 

 

(1,101,841)

 

 

(1,021,880)

(1,238,157)

(1,191,673)

(1,163,691)

Recognition of Revenue

 

1,084,636

 

 

1,028,933

 

 

960,588

1,152,344

1,097,702

1,092,602

Sales Tax included in Customer Deposits

 

67,125

 

 

66,028

 

 

63,422

69,860

68,681

67,029

Other

 

1,472

 

 

973

 

 

(998)

10,279

5,472

2,821

Customer Deposits and Store Credits, Ending Balance

$

(40,332)

 

$

(38,546)

 

$

(32,639)

$

(67,063)

$

(61,389)

$

(41,571)

Subject to limitations under the Company’s policy, return of unopened merchandise is generally accepted for 90 days.days, subject to the discretion of the store manager. The amount of revenue recognized for flooring merchandise is adjusted for expected returns, which are estimated based on the Company’s historical data, current sales levels and forecasted economic trends. The Company uses the expected value method to estimate returns because it has a large number of contracts with similar characteristics. The Company previously recognized revenue in full, recorded an allowance for expected returns (contra-revenue) and recorded a separate refund liability for expected returns. The Company reduces revenue by the amount of expected returns and records it within Accrued Expenses and Other“Other Current Liabilities” on the consolidated balance sheet. The Company continues to estimate the amount of returns based on the historical data. In addition, the Company recognizes a related asset for the right to recover returned merchandise and records it in the Other“Other Current AssetsAssets” caption of the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. This amount was $1.2$1.3 million at both December 31, 2018.2021 and 2020, respectively. The Company recognizes sales commissions as incurred since the amortization period is less than one year. The

48

In total, the Company offers a range of limited warranties for the durability of the finish on its prefinished products. These limited warranties range from one to 100 years, with lifetime warranties for certain of the Company’s products. Warranty reserves are based primarily on claims experience, sales history and other considerations. Warranty costs are recorded in Cost of Sales.

We offer hundreds of different flooring products; however, no single flooring product represented a significant portion of ourits sales mix. By major product category, ourthe Company’s sales mix was as follows:

    

Year Ended December 31,

 

2021

    

2020

    

2019

Manufactured Products 1

$

531,947

46

%  

$

505,333

46

%  

$

452,914

41

%

Solid and Engineered Hardwood

291,458

    

25

%  

299,012

    

27

%  

319,582

    

29

%

Moldings and Accessories and Other

��

170,538

 

15

%  

 

170,484

 

16

%  

 

183,545

 

17

%

Installation and Delivery Services

 

158,401

 

14

%  

 

122,873

 

11

%  

 

136,561

 

13

%

Total

$

1,152,344

 

100

%  

$

1,097,702

 

100

%  

$

1,092,602

 

100

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

Manufactured Products 1

 

$

392,512

 

36

%  

$

315,369

 

31

%  

$

248,234

 

26

%

Solid and Engineered Hardwood

 

 

367,026

    

34

%  

 

423,301

    

41

%  

 

452,248

    

47

%

Moldings and Accessories and Other

 

 

196,411

 

18

%  

 

199,599

 

19

%  

 

195,130

 

20

%

Installation and Delivery Services

 

 

128,687

 

12

%  

 

90,664

 

 9

%  

 

64,976

 

 7

%

Total

 

$

1,084,636

 

100

%  

$

1,028,933

 

100

%  

$

960,588

 

100

%


1

Includes laminate, vinyl, engineered vinyl plank and porcelain tile.

1 Includes laminate, vinyl, engineered vinyl plank and porcelain tile.

Cost of Sales

Cost of sales includes the cost of products sold, including tariffs, the cost of installation services, and transportation costs from vendors to the Company’s distribution centers or store locations. It also includes any applicable

57


finishing costs related to production of the Company’s proprietary brands, transportation costs from distribution centers to store locations, transportation costs for the delivery of products from store locations to customers, certain costs of quality control procedures, warranty and customer satisfaction costs, inventory adjustments including obsolescence and shrinkage, and costs to produce samples, which are net of vendor allowances.

The Company offers a range of limited warranties for the durability of the finish on its prefinished products to its services provided. These limited warranties range from one to 100 years, with lifetime warranties for certain of the Company’s products. Warranty reserves are based primarily on claims experience, sales history and other considerations, including payments made to satisfy customers for claims not directly related to the warranty on the Company’s products. Warranty costs are recorded in cost of sales. This reserve was $1.4$0.9 million and $1.6$1.1 million at December 31, 20182021 and 2017,2020, respectively. The Company seeks recovery from its vendors and third-party independent contractors of installation services for certain amounts paid.

Vendor allowances primarily consist of volume rebates that are earned as a result of attaining certain purchase levels and reimbursement for the cost of producing samples. Vendor allowances are accrued as earned, with those allowances received as a result of attaining certain purchase levels accrued over the incentive period based on estimates of purchases. Volume rebates earned are initially recorded as a reduction in merchandise inventories and a subsequent reduction in cost of sales when the related product is sold. Reimbursement received for the cost of producing samples is recorded as an offset against cost of sales.

Accrual for Air Quality Emissions Screening Test Costs

The Company offers a free indoor air quality testing program for customers who purchased laminate flooring sourced from China during the period from February 22, 2012 to February 27, 2015. The Company established a reserve to provide for the estimated future expenses required to support the program. Reserve estimates are based on management’s judgment, considering such factors as cost per air quality testing request, recent historical experience, and the anticipated number of future requests for the duration of the program. Management reviews and adjusts these estimates, if necessary, on a quarterly basis based on any differences in actual and expected program cost experience.

During the second quarter of 2017, the Company reduced its estimate of the number of test kit requests based on its experience, and reduced its estimate of the administrative costs of the Air Quality Testing Program. The revised estimates were in part prompted by the CPSC’s July 2017 decision to close this case with the Company and terminate its monitoring activity of the Air Quality Testing Program. The Company will continue to offer tests kits to qualifying customers, but the lower total estimated future costs of the Air Quality Testing Program resulted in a reduction in the reserve and the corresponding offset to cost of sales of $1 million. At December 31, 2017, the Company’s estimate of its future costs for the Air Quality Testing Program through June 30, 2018 was approximately $0.1 million. Since that time, costs related to the Company’s Air Quality Testing Program have been expensed as incurred and have not been significant.

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs charged to selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expenses, net of vendor allowances, were $74,242, $76,586$62 million, $62 million and $80,079$75 million in 2018, 20172021, 2020 and 2016,2019, respectively. The Company uses various types of media to brand its name and advertise its products. Media production costs are generally expensed as incurred, except for direct mail, which is expensed when the finished piece enters the postal system. Media placement costs are generally expensed in the month the advertising occurs, except for contracted endorsements and sports agreements, which are generally expensed ratably over the contract period. Amounts paid in advance are included in prepaid expenses and totaled $564$1 million and $1,077$0.4 million at December 31, 20182021 and 2017,2020, respectively.

Store Opening Costs

Costs to open new store locations are charged to SG&A expenses as incurred, net of any vendor support.

5849


Other Vendor Consideration

Consideration from non-merchandise vendors, including royalties and rebates, are generally recorded as an offset to SG&A expenses when earned.

Depreciation and Amortization

Property and equipment is carried at cost and depreciated on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives. The estimated useful lives for leasehold improvements are the shorter of the estimated useful lives or the remainder of the lease terms. For leases with optional renewal periods for which renewal is not reasonably assured,certain, the Company uses the original lease term, excluding optional renewal periods, to determine the appropriate estimated useful lives. Capitalized software costs are capitalized from the time that technological feasibility is established until the software is ready for use. The estimated useful lives are generally as follows:

Years

Buildings and Building Improvements

 

7 to 40

Property and Equipment

 

3 to 1510

Computer Software and Hardware

 

3 to 10

Leasehold Improvements

 

1 to 1510

Operating Leases

The Company hasdetermines if an arrangement is a lease at inception. Operating leases are included in operating lease right-of-use (“ROU”) assets and operating lease liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet. The operating lease ROU assets and operating lease liabilities are recognized as the present value of the future minimum lease payments over the lease term at commencement date. As most of the leases do not provide an implicit rate, the Company used its incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at commencement date in determining the present value of future payments. The operating lease ROU asset also is adjusted for its stores, current corporate headquarters in Toano, Virginia,any lease payments made and excludes lease incentives and initial direct costs incurred. The Company’s lease terms may include options to extend or terminate the lease at certain dates, typically at the Company’s own discretion. The Company regularly evaluates the renewal options and when they are reasonably certain of its distribution facilities, supplemental office facilities and certain equipment. The lease agreements for certain stores and distribution facilities contain rent escalation clauses, rent holidays and tenant improvement allowances. For scheduled rent escalation clauses during the lease terms or for rental payments commencing at a date other than the date of initial occupancy,exercise, the Company recordsincludes the renewal period in its lease term. Many of the Company’s leases include both lease (e.g., payments including rent, taxes, and insurance costs) and non-lease components (e.g., common-area or other maintenance costs) which are accounted for as a single lease component as the Company has elected the practical expedient to group lease and non-lease components for all leases. Lease expense for minimum rental expenses in SG&A expenseslease payments is recognized on a straight-line basis over the termsterm of the leases. agreement.

The difference between the rental expense and rent paid is recorded as deferred rentCompany made an accounting policy election that payments under agreements with an initial term of 12 months or less will not be included on the consolidated balance sheets. For tenant improvement allowances,sheet but will be recognized in the consolidated statements of income on a straight-line basis over the term of the agreement.

In April 2020, the FASB staff issued a question and answer document (the “Lease Modification Q&A”) focused on the application of lease accounting guidance to lease concessions obtained as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. Under existing lease guidance, the Company records deferred rentwould have to determine, on a lease-by-lease basis, if a lease concession obtained was a result of a new arrangement reached with the lessor (treated within the lease modification accounting framework) or if a lease concession obtained was under the enforceable rights and obligations within the existing lease agreement (precluded from applying the lease modification accounting framework). The Lease Modification Q&A allows lessees, if certain criteria have been met, to bypass the lease-by-lease analysis, and instead elect to either apply the lease modification accounting framework or not, with such election applied consistently to leases with similar characteristics and similar circumstances. The Company has elected to apply this practical expedient for the period beginning as of April 1, 2020 for those agreements where total payments under the modified lease are substantially the same or less than the original agreement. Included in “Operating Lease Liabilities - Current” on the consolidated balance sheets and amortizessheet is the remaining $0.6 million liability as of December 31, 2021 related to deferred payments (net of repayments) as a result of COVID-19 rent overconcessions compared to the termsbalance of $2.9 million as of December 31,

50

2020. The deferred payments will be made in accordance with each concession agreement for periods up the remainder of the leases as reductions to rental expense.lease term.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company records compensation expense associated with stock options and other forms of equity compensation in accordance with ASC 718. The Company may issue incentive awards, including performance-based awards, in the form of stock options, restricted shares and other equity awards to employees, non-employee directors and other service providers. The Company recognizes expense for the majority of its stock-based compensation based on the fair value of the awards that are granted. For awards granted to non-employee directors, expense is recognized based on the fair value of the award at the end of a reporting period. For performance-based awards granted to certain members of senior management, the Company recognizes expense after assessing the probability of the achievement of certain financial metrics on a periodic basis. Compensation expense is recognized only for those awards expected to vest, with forfeitures estimated at the date of grant based on historical experience and future expectations. Measured compensation cost is recognized ratably over the requisite service period of the entire related stock-based compensation award.

Business Interruption Insurance Proceeds

In August 2019, the Company experienced a network security incident caused by malware that prevented access to several of the Company’s information technology systems and data. In 2020 the company recorded $2.5 million from the final settlement of the business interruption insurance claim in SG&A.

Foreign Currency Translation

The Company’s former Canadian operations useused the Canadian dollar as the functional currency. Assets and liabilities arewere translated at exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date. Revenues and expenses arewere translated at the average monthly exchange rates during the year. Resulting translation adjustments arehave been recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income on the consolidated balance sheets.

59


$0.8 million for the year ending December 31, 2020 for the reclassification of the remaining cumulative translation adjustments to earnings that were previously included in Other Comprehensive Loss on its consolidated balance sheet.

Income Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for in accordance with ASC 740 (“ASC 740”). Income taxes are provided for under the asset and liability method and consider differences between the tax and financial accounting bases. The tax effects of these differences are reflected on the consolidated balance sheets as deferred income taxes and measured using the effective tax rate expected to be in effect when the differences reverse. ASC 740 also requires that deferred tax assets be reduced by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that some portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. In evaluating the need for a valuation allowance, the Company takes into account various factors, including the nature, frequency and severity of current and cumulative losses, expected level of future taxable income, the duration of statutory carryforward periods and tax planning alternatives. In future periods, any valuation allowance will be re-evaluated in accordance with ASC 740, and a change, if required, will be recorded through income tax expense in the period such determination is made.

The Company recognizes the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the relevant taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of its position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such a position are measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. The Company classifies interest and penalties related to income tax matters as a component of income tax expense.

51

Net Income per Common Share

Basic net income per common share is determined by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year. Diluted net income per common share is determined by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year, plus the dilutive effect of common stock equivalents, including stock options and restricted shares. Common stock and common stock equivalents included in the computation represent shares issuable upon assumed exercise of outstanding stock options and release of restricted shares, except when the effect of their inclusion would be antidilutive.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted

In February 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-02 (“ASU 2016-02”), which creates ASC Topic 842, Leases, and supersedes the lease accounting requirements in Topic 840, Leases. In summary, Topic 842 requires organizations that lease assets — referred to as “lessees” — to recognize on the balance sheet the assets and liabilities for the rights and obligations created by those leases. The amendments in ASU 2016-02 are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2018. The Company adopted this ASU on January 1, 2019 on a modified retrospective basis and will not restate prior periods. The Company has implemented software to track and account for the leases, assessed the impact of the new guidance on its consolidated financial statements and financial controls. Presentation of leases within the consolidated statements of operations and consolidated statements of cash flows will be generally consistent with the current lease accounting guidance. The Company elected the package of practical expedients permitted under the transition guidance within the new standard, which among other things, will allow the Company to carryforward the historical lease classification. On January 1, 2019, the Company will make an accounting policy election that payments under agreements with an initial term of 12 months or less will not be included on the Consolidated Balance Sheet but will be recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations on a straight-line basis over the term of the agreement. The Company estimates that the adoption of the standard will result in recognition of right-of-use lease assets and lease liabilities in the approximate range of $115 million to $125 million on the Company’s consolidated Balance Sheet primarily related to more than 400 store operating leases.

In August 2018, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2018-15 (“ASU 2018-15”), which provides guidance on the accounting for costs of implementation activities performed in a cloud computing arrangement that is a service contract, as initially published in Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-05, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other—Internal-Use Software: Customer’s Accounting for Fees Paid in a Cloud Computing Arrangement. In summary, the new standard requires customers of cloud computing services to recognize an intangible asset for the software license and, to the extent that payments attributable to the software license are made over time, a liability is also recognized. 

60


The new standard also allows customers of cloud computing services to capitalize certain implementation costs. The amendments in ASU 2018-15 are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2019. Therefore, the new standard will become effective for the Company at the beginning of its 2020 fiscal year, although early adoption is permitted for all entities. The Company will evaluate the impact of ASU 2018-15 when recording cloud computing arrangements.

Note 2.         Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consisted of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

    

2018

    

2017

December 31,

    

2021

    

2020

Land

 

$

4,937

 

$

4,937

$

4,937

$

4,937

Building

 

 

44,319

 

 

44,299

 

44,588

 

44,527

Property and Equipment

 

 

53,411

 

 

60,337

 

59,322

 

58,371

Computer Software and Hardware

 

 

54,375

 

 

50,415

 

66,037

 

61,581

Leasehold Improvement

 

 

46,297

 

 

40,277

 

59,922

 

55,311

Assets under Construction

 

 

767

 

 

596

 

3,430

 

1,508

 

 

204,106

 

 

200,861

 

238,236

 

226,235

Less: Accumulated Depreciation and Amortization

 

 

110,417

 

 

100,370

 

141,310

 

128,678

Property and Equipment, net

 

$

93,689

 

$

100,491

$

96,926

$

97,557

As of December 31, 20182021 and 2017,2020, the Company had cumulatively capitalized $40,230$51 million and $37,905$48 million of computer software costs, respectively. Amortization expense related to these assets was $4,331,  $3,875$4.4 million, $4.4 million and $3,604$4.6 million for 2018, 20172021, 2020 and 2016,2019, respectively.

Note 3.         Other Liabilities

Other long-term liabilities consisted of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

    

2018

    

2017

Antidumping and Countervailing Duties Accrual

 

$

11,456

 

$

10,372

Deferred Rent

 

 

4,850

 

 

5,150

Lease Incentive Obligation

 

 

2,864

 

 

2,872

Other

 

 

1,033

 

 

841

Other Long Term Liabilities

 

$

20,203

 

$

19,235

December 31, 

    

2021

    

2020

Antidumping and Countervailing Duties Accrual, Including Accrued Interest

$

4,105

$

10,136

Deferred Payroll Taxes

2,566

Other

 

163

 

591

Other Long Term Liabilities

$

4,268

$

13,293

The Company paid $2.5 million of CARES Act related deferred payroll taxes during 2021. The remaining balance of approximately $2.6 million of CARES Act deferred payroll taxes were recorded in “Current Liabilities” on the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2021 and will be paid in late 2022.

Note 4.         Revolving Credit FacilityAgreement

On August 17, 2016,March 29, 2019, the Company Lumber Liquidators, Inc. (“LLI”) and Lumber Liquidators Services, LLC (“LL Services” and collectively with LLI, the “Borrowers”), entered into a ThirdFourth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement has a credit agreement (the “Revolving Credit Facility”“Credit Agreement”) with Bank of America, N.A. (the “Bank”) and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Wells Fargo” and, collectively(the “Lenders”). On April 17, 2020, the Company entered into a First Amendment to the Credit Agreement with the Bank,Lenders. On April 30, 2021, the “Lenders”Company entered into a Second Amendment to the Credit Agreement (the “Second Amendment”) with the Bank as administrative agent

52

Lenders. The execution of the Second Amendment, among other things, terminated the FILO Term Loans and collateral agent (in this capacity,converted those commitments to the “Agent”)Revolving Credit Facility. The total size of the Credit Agreement remained at $200 million, and Wells Fargo as syndication agent. The maximum amount of borrowings underthe Company has an option to the increase the Revolving Credit Facility is $150 million (but subject to a maximum total amount of $250 million.  The maturity date of the borrowing base as described in the agreement).Credit Agreement was extended to April 30, 2026.

At December 31, 2018, the Company had $67.9 million available to borrow under the Revolving Loan, which was net of $2.1 million in outstanding letters of credit, $65 million in outstanding borrowings and certain limitations based on the borrowing base and the fixed charge coverage ratio covenant.

The Revolving Credit Facility matures on August 17, 2021, is guaranteed by the Company and its other domestic subsidiaries other than LLI and LL Services and secured by security interests in the Collateral (as defined in

61


the agreement)Credit Agreement), which includes substantially all assets of the Company including, among other things, the Company’s inventory and accountscredit card receivables, and the Company’s East Coast distribution center located in Sandston, Virginia. Under the terms of the agreement,Credit Agreement, the Company has the ability to release the East Coast distribution center from the Collateral under certain conditions.

The Revolving Credit Facility has no mandated payment provisions andSecond Amendment decreased the margin for LIBOR Rate Loans (as defined in the Second Amendment) to a range of 1.25% to 1.75% over the applicable LIBOR Rate with respect to revolving loans (as defined in the Second Amendment) depending on the Company’s’ average daily excess borrowing availability, a decrease of 1.25% from rates prior to the Second Amendment. As previously stated, the FILO Term Loans were terminated by this Second Amendment. The amendment decreased the LIBOR Rate Floor from 1.00% to 0.25%. The Second Amendment also decreased the unused commitment fee of 0.50% per annum to 0.25% per annum on the average daily unused portion, paid quarterly in arrears. Loans outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility can bear interest based on the Base Rate or the LIBOR Rate, each as defined in the agreement. Interest on Base Rate loans is charged at varying per annum rates computed by applying a margin ranging from 0.50% to 0.75% (dependent on the Company’s average daily excess borrowing availability underamount of the Revolving Credit Facility during the most recently completed fiscal quarter) overcalendar quarter. As of December 31, 2021, had the Base Rate. Interest on LIBOR Rate loans and fees for standby letters of credit are charged at varying per annum rates computed by applying a margin ranging from 1.50% to 1.75% (dependent on the Company’s average daily excess borrowing availability underCompany re-borrowed, the Revolving Credit Facility during the most recently completed fiscal quarter) over the applicable LIBOR rate for one, two, three or six month interest periods as selected by the Company. At December 31, 2018, the Company’s Revolving Credit Facilitywould have carried an interest rate of 4.125%.subject to the terms stated directly above.

The Credit Agreement contains a fixed charge coverage ratio covenant that becomes effective in the event that the Company’s excess borrowingonly when specified availability under the Revolving Credit Facility falls below the greater of $15$17.5 million or 10% of the maximum revolver amount. This covenant – though not currently operable – would not have been met atRevolving Loan Cap (as defined in the Credit Agreement). Except as set forth in the Second Amendment, all other terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement remain in place.

The Company repaid all $101.0 million of borrowings during the second quarter of 2021. As of December 31, 2018. This covenant2021, there was met at December 31, 2017.

On March 8, 2019, we entered into a commitment letter with0 amount outstanding under the Lenders, subject to customary closing conditions, that provides for an increase in the Revolving Loan up to a maximum amount of $175 million, and a new “First in Last Out” tranche of $25 million incremental to the $175 million but within the same Revolving Credit Facility. This will also extendThe Company had $3.0 million in letters of credit which reduces its availability. As of December 31, 2021, there was $142.3 million of availability under the term of the loan until March 2024. We expect to close on this expanded Revolving Credit Facility in late March or early April 2019.Facility.

Note 5.         Leases

The Company has operating leases for its stores, current corporate headquarters in Toano,Richmond, Virginia, West Coastits distribution center on the west coast, supplemental office facilities and certain equipment. The Company has also entered into an agreement for a futurestore location leases generally have five to seven year base periods with 1 or more renewal periods. The corporate headquarters in Richmond, Virginia which has a ten-year term that commences in late 2019 once the Company takes possession of the property.base terms running through December 31, 2029. The store location leases are operating leases and generally have five-year base periods with one or more five-year renewal periods. The current corporate headquarters in Toano, Virginia and the supplemental office facility in Richmond, Virginia have operating leases withhas base terms running through December 31, 2019.2023. The West Coast distribution center on the west coast has an operating lease with a base termterms running through October 31, 2024. Total rent expense was $34.1 million, $32.5 million and $30.3approximately $37 million in 2018, 20172021, 2020 and 2016,2019, respectively.

As of December 31, 2016, the Company leased the current corporate headquarters, which includes a store location and 29 of its locations, representing 7.8% of the total number of store leases then in operation from the Company’s founder. During 2016, the Company also leased a warehouse from its founder, which was subsequently vacated in December 2017. Effective December 31, 2016, upon the departureThe cost components of the Company’s founder fromoperating leases recorded in SG&A on the boardconsolidated statement of directors, these entities no longer meetoperations were as follows for the criteriaperiods shown:

Year Ended December 31, 2021

Year Ended December 31, 2020

Year Ended December 31, 2019

Store Leases

    

Other Leases

    

Total

   

Store Leases

    

Other Leases

    

Total

     

Store Leases

    

Other Leases

    

Total

Operating lease costs

$

33,247

$

3,898

$

37,145

$

33,652

$

3,905

$

37,557

$

32,759

$

4,078

$

36,837

Variable lease costs

8,622

1,341

9,963

8,604

771

9,375

8,381

1,007

9,388

Total

$

41,869

$

5,239

$

47,108

$

42,256

$

4,676

$

46,932

$

41,140

$

5,085

$

46,225

Variable lease costs consist primarily of a related party. Rent expense to this related party was $3.4 million in 2016.

taxes, insurance, and common area or other maintenance costs for our leased facilities, which are paid as incurred.

6253


Other information related to leases were as follows:

Year Ended December 31, 2021

Year Ended December 31, 2020

Year Ended December 31, 2019

    

Store Leases

    

Other Leases

    

Total

Store Leases

    

Other Leases

    

Total

Store Leases

    

Other Leases

    

Total

Supplemental Cash Flows Information

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:

Operating cash flows from operating leases

$

36,276

$

4,329

$

40,605

$

31,284

$

4,199

$

35,483

$

33,590

$

4,252

$

37,842

Right-of-use assets obtained or modified in exchange for operating lease obligations

$

41,407

$

157

$

41,564

$

16,363

$

1,124

$

17,487

$

25,745

$

9,828

$

35,573

Weighted Average Remaining Lease Term (years)

4.73

5.94

4.89

4.66

6.63

4.99

4.81

7.60

5.28

Weighted Average Discount Rate

4.9

%

5.3

%

5.0

%

5.7

%

5.3

%

5.6

%

5.8

%

5.5

%

5.7

%

54

At December 31, 2018,2021, the future minimum rental payments under non-cancellable operating leases were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating Leases

    

 

 

    

Distribution

    

Total

 

 

Headquarters &

 

Centers & Other

 

Operating

 

Store Leases

 

Leases

 

Leases

2019

 

$

33,689

 

$

2,385

 

$

36,074

2020

 

 

30,697

 

2,123

 

 

32,820

2021

 

 

24,402

 

2,168

 

 

26,570

Operating Leases

    

    

    

Total

Other

Operating

Store Leases

Leases

Leases

2022

 

 

18,492

 

2,147

 

 

20,639

$

34,080

$

4,127

$

38,207

2023

 

 

12,496

 

2,186

 

 

14,682

 

28,578

4,105

 

32,683

2024

 

22,148

3,593

 

25,741

2025

 

17,149

1,560

 

18,709

2026

 

10,788

1,603

 

12,391

Thereafter

 

 

22,374

 

 

2,054

 

 

24,428

 

13,803

5,077

 

18,880

Total minimum lease payments

 

$

142,150

 

$

13,063

 

$

155,213

126,546

20,065

146,611

Less imputed interest

(13,586)

(2,802)

(16,388)

Total

$

112,960

$

17,263

$

130,223

Note 6.         Stockholders’ Equity

Net Income per Common Share

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net income per common share:

Year Ended December 31, 

 

2021

    

2020

    

2019

Net Income

$

41,698

    

$

61,427

    

$

9,663

Weighted Average Common Shares Outstanding—Basic

 

29,041

 

28,830

 

28,689

Effect of Dilutive Securities:

 

  

 

  

 

  

Common Stock Equivalents

 

484

 

417

 

104

Weighted Average Common Shares Outstanding—Diluted

 

29,525

 

29,247

 

28,793

Net Income per Common Share—Basic

$

1.44

$

2.13

$

0.34

Net Income per Common Share—Diluted

$

1.41

$

2.10

$

0.34

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

 

2018

    

2017

    

2016

Net Loss

 

$

(54,379)

    

$

(37,823)

    

$

(68,563)

Weighted Average Common Shares Outstanding—Basic

 

 

28,571

 

 

28,407

 

 

27,284

Effect of Dilutive Securities:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Common Stock Equivalents

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Weighted Average Common Shares Outstanding—Diluted

 

 

28,571

 

 

28,407

 

 

27,284

Net Loss per Common Share—Basic

 

$

(1.90)

 

$

(1.33)

 

$

(2.51)

Net Loss per Common Share—Diluted

 

$

(1.90)

 

$

(1.33)

 

$

(2.51)

As of December 31, 

 

2021

    

2020

    

2019

Stock Options

 

184

    

209

    

604

Restricted Shares

102

118

187

The following have been excluded from the computation of Weighted Average Common Shares Outstanding—Diluted because the effect would be antidilutive:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 

 

 

2018

    

2017

    

2016

Stock Options

 

643,422

    

653,019

    

666,538

Restricted Shares

 

407,319

 

432,777

 

516,072

Stock Issuance

On November 17, 2016, the Company issued 1 million shares of its common stock to a court approved settlement fund in connection with a final court approval of a definitive settlement agreement as discussed in Note 10.  These shares were valued at $16.8 million based on the closing price of the Company shares of $16.76 on the settlement date. These shares have been included in the Company’s calculation of weighted average common shares outstanding from the date of issuance.

Stock Repurchase Program

In 2012,February of 2022, the Company’s Boardboard of Directors (“Board”) authorizeddirectors raised its authorization for the repurchase of up to $100$50 million of the Company’s common stock from time to time on the open market or in privately negotiated transactions. In January 2014,

63


the Company’s Board authorized the repurchase of up to an additional $50 million of the Company’s common stock, bringing the total authorization to $150 million and atstock. At December 31, 2015,2021, the Company had $14.7approximately $14.7 million remaining under this authorization.previous authorizations. The Company did not0t purchase any shares under this programeither authorization during the three-years ended December 31, 2018.2021.

55

Note 7.         Stock-Based Compensation

Overview

The Company has an equity incentive plan (the “Plan”) for employees, non-employee directors and other service providers from which the Company may grant stock options, restricted shares stock appreciation rights (“SARs”) and other equity awards. The total number of shares of common stock authorized for issuance under the Plan is 6.17.8 million. As of December 31, 2018, 0.82021, 2.3 million shares of common stock were available for future grants. Stock options granted under the Plan expire no later than ten years from the date of grant and the exercise price shall not be less than the fair market value of the shares on the date of grant. Vesting periods are assigned to stock options and restricted shares on a grant-by-grant basis at the discretion of the Board. The Company issues new shares of common stock upon exercise of stock options, granting of restricted shares, vesting of performance-based restricted shares, and vesting of restricted shares.stock units.

The Company also maintains the Lumber LiquidatorsLL Flooring Holdings, Inc. Outside Directors Deferral Plan under which each of the Company’s non-employee directors has the opportunity to elect annually to defer certain fees until departure from the Board. A non-employee director may elect to defer up to 100% of his or her fees and have such fees invested in deferred stock units. Deferred stock units must be settled in common stock upon the director’s departure from the Board. There were 132,348177,448 and 122,007183,851 deferred stock units outstanding at December 31, 20182021 and 2017,2020, respectively.

Stock Options

The following table summarizes activity related to stock options:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

    

 

 

    

Remaining

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted 

 

 Average 

 

Aggregate  

 

 

 

 

Average 

 

Contractual 

 

Intrinsic

 

 

Shares

 

Exercise Price

 

Term (Years)

 

Value

Balance, December 31, 2015

 

692,776

 

$

31.45

 

7.7

 

$

1,283

Granted

 

443,147

 

 

13.51

 

  

 

  

 

Exercised

 

(60,781)

 

 

9.37

 

  

 

  

 

Forfeited

 

(239,528)

 

 

27.16

 

  

 

 

  

Balance, December 31, 2016

 

835,614

 

$

24.86

 

7.5

 

$

1,167

Granted

 

127,984

 

 

22.09

 

  

 

 

  

Exercised

 

(87,955)

 

 

15.31

 

  

 

 

  

Forfeited

 

(185,975)

 

 

25.62

 

  

 

 

  

Balance, December 31, 2017

 

689,668

 

$

25.31

 

7.7

 

$

8,530

Granted

 

215,297

 

 

20.54

 

  

 

 

  

Exercised

 

(43,510)

 

 

17.70

 

  

 

 

  

Forfeited

 

(128,870)

 

 

33.25

 

  

 

 

  

Balance, December 31, 2018

 

732,585

 

$

22.97

 

7.3

 

$

 —

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercisable at December 31, 2018

 

303,898

 

$

28.47

 

  

 

$

 —

Vested and expected to vest December 31, 2018

 

732,585

 

$

22.97

 

  

 

$

 —

    

    

    

Remaining

    

Weighted 

 Average 

Aggregate  

Average 

Contractual 

Intrinsic

Shares

Exercise Price

Term (Years)

Value

Balance, December 31, 2018

732,585

$

22.97

7.3

$

Granted

110,535

 

8.47

  

  

Forfeited

 

(149,657)

 

25.16

 

  

 

  

Balance, December 31, 2019

 

693,463

$

20.18

 

7.1

$

144

Granted

 

236,307

 

12.00

 

  

 

  

Exercised

 

(39,824)

 

17.04

 

  

 

  

Forfeited

 

(335,990)

 

18.27

 

  

 

  

Balance, December 31, 2020

 

553,956

$

18.08

 

7.8

$

8,508

Granted

 

111,355

23.49

 

  

 

  

Exercised

 

(5,798)

10.98

 

  

 

  

Forfeited

 

(34,586)

16.91

 

  

 

  

Balance, December 31, 2021

 

624,927

$

19.17

 

7.0

$

1,979

Exercisable at December 31, 2021

 

331,123

$

22.03

 

5.7

$

801

Vested and expected to vest December 31, 2021

 

624,927

$

19.17

 

7.0

$

1,979

The aggregate intrinsic value is the difference between the exercise price and the closing price of the Company’s common stock on December 31. The intrinsic value of the stock options exercised during 2018, 20172021 and 20162020 was $341,  $828$35 thousand and $343,$0.5 million, respectively. There were 0 stock options exercised during 2019.

64


As of December 31, 2018,2021, total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested options was approximately $2,704,$1.5 million, net of estimated forfeitures, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 2.22.5 years.

The fair value of each stock option award is estimated by management on the date of the grant using the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model. The weighted average fair value of options granted during 2018, 20172021, 2020 and 20162019 was $10.69,  $11.20$13.30, $6.20 and $6.75,$4.32, respectively.

56

The following are the average assumptions for the periods noted:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

Expected dividend rate

    

 —

%  

 —

%  

 —

%

Expected stock price  volatility

 

55

%  

55

%  

55

%

Risk-free interest rate

 

2.8

%  

1.7

%  

1.3

%

Expected term of options

 

5.5

 years  

5.5

 years  

5.5

years  

Year Ended December 31, 

 

    

2021

    

2020

    

2019

 

Expected dividend rate

    

0

%  

0

%  

0

%

Expected stock price volatility

65

%  

57

%  

55

%

Risk-free interest rate

1.0

%  

1.1

%  

2.1

%

Expected term of options

5.5

 years  

5.5

 years  

5.5

years  

The expected stock price volatility is based on the historical volatility of the Company’s stock price. The volatilities are estimated for a period of time equal to the expected term of the related option. The risk-free interest rate is based on the implied yield of U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with an equivalent remaining term. The expected term of the options represents the estimated period of time until exercise and is determined by considering the contractual terms, vesting schedule and expectations of future employee behavior.

Restricted Shares

The following table summarizes activity related to restricted shares:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

    

Weighted Average 

 

 

 

 

Grant Date Fair 

 

 

Shares

 

Value

Nonvested, December 31, 2015

 

461,671

 

$

23.61

Granted

 

343,517

 

 

12.41

Released

 

(130,523)

 

 

24.23

Forfeited

 

(88,478)

 

 

18.29

Nonvested, December 31, 2016

 

586,187

 

$

17.71

Granted

 

207,196

 

 

19.56

Released

 

(205,349)

 

 

18.31

Forfeited

 

(108,288)

 

 

15.68

Nonvested, December 31, 2017

 

479,746

 

$

18.71

Granted

 

224,835

 

 

22.39

Released

 

(137,064)

 

 

18.67

Forfeited

 

(80,305)

 

 

17.98

Nonvested, December 31, 2018

 

487,212

 

$

20.54

    

    

Weighted Average 

Grant Date Fair 

Shares

Value

Nonvested, December 31, 2018

 

487,212

$

20.54

Granted

 

661,784

 

10.35

Released

 

(130,721)

 

11.09

Forfeited

 

(107,309)

 

14.71

Nonvested, December 31, 2019

 

910,966

$

15.18

Granted

 

474,877

 

10.53

Released

 

(230,696)

 

12.85

Forfeited

 

(283,121)

 

13.70

Nonvested, December 31, 2020

 

872,026

$

15.18

Granted

 

285,317

 

22.76

Released

 

(300,915)

 

13.05

Forfeited

 

(95,513)

 

14.49

Nonvested, December 31, 2021

 

760,915

$

17.31

The fair value of restricted shares released during 2018, 20172021, 2020 and 20162019 was $2,923,  $5,151$6.8 million, $2.0 million and $1,617,$1.5 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2018,2021, total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested restricted shares was approximately $3,953,$5.3 million, net of estimated forfeitures, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 2.12.0 years.

During 2018, theThe Company granted 30,887 sharesa target of 47,768 performance-based restricted stock awards, vesting over a three-year period,RSAs with a grant date fair value of approximately $0.7$1.1 million during 2021 and a target of 94,591 performance-based awards with a grant date fair value of $0.9 million during 2020. The performance-based RSAs in both years were awarded to certain members of senior management in connection with the achievement of specific key financial metrics that will be measured over a two-year period. Theseparate respective three-year periods and which will vest at the end of each respective three-year period if the respective performance conditions are met. In addition, the number of 2020 performance-based awards that will ultimately vest is also contingent upon the achievementresults of these key financial metricsa relative total shareholder return multiple by the end of year two.three. The Company assesses the probability of achieving these metrics on a quarterly basis. OnceFor these amounts have been

65


determined, half ofawards, the Company recognizes the fair value expense ratably over the performance and vesting period. There were 14,450 and 105,165 performance-based shares will vest at the end of year twoforfeited during 2021 and the remaining half will vest at the end of year three. These awards2020, respectively. Performance-based RSA grants, releases and forfeitures are included above in the Restricted Shares Granted for 2018.table.

Stock Appreciation Rights

The following table summarizes activity related to SARs:57

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

    

 

 

    

Remaining 

    

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted 

 

Average 

 

Aggregate 

 

 

 

 

Average 

 

Contractual 

 

Intrinsic 

 

 

Shares

 

Exercise Price

 

Term (Years)

 

Value

Balance, December 31, 2015

 

16,057

 

$

47.58

 

6.8

 

$

 —

Granted

 

13,071

 

 

15.31

 

  

 

 

  

Exercised

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

(460)

 

 

62.87

 

  

 

 

  

Balance, December 31, 2016

 

28,668

 

$

32.63

 

7.5

 

$

 6

Granted

 

2,899

 

 

17.39

 

  

 

 

  

Exercised

 

(165)

 

 

24.35

 

  

 

 

  

Forfeited

 

(14,852)

 

 

45.93

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2017

 

16,550

 

$

18.10

 

8.6

 

$

251

Granted

 

1,738

 

 

23.31

 

  

 

 

  

Exercised

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

  

 

 

  

Forfeited

 

(335)

 

 

86.16

 

  

 

 

  

Balance, December 31, 2018

 

17,953

 

$

17.33

 

7.8

 

$

 —

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercisable at December 31, 2018

 

7,504

 

$

17.69

 

7.5

 

$

 —

Table of Contents

The fair value method, estimated by management using the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model, is used to recognize compensation cost associated with SARs.

Note 8.         Income Taxes

The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Act”) was enacted in the fourth quarter of 2017. The Tax Act reduced the U.S. federal corporate tax rate from 35% to 21%, eliminated the 20‑year limit on the carryforward of losses, and resulted in the Company remeasuring its existing deferred tax balances as of December 31, 2017.  Generally, the Tax Act became effective in 2018, and it altered the deductibility of certain items (e.g., certain compensation, interest, entertainment expenses), and allowed qualifying capital expenditures to be deducted fully in the year of purchase. As of December 31, 2018, the Company has completed the analysis of the tax effects of the Tax Act based on guidance issued to-date and has reflected all applicable changes (including, to executive compensation, deductibility of meals and entertainment expenses, and interest expense) in its financial statements. Changes from our original estimates were minimal. The Company continues to monitor developments by federal and state rulemaking authorities regarding implementation of the Tax Act. As further guidance and clarification is issued by the IRS or state tax jurisdictions, the Company will recognize the impact through its provision for income taxes in the period that the guidance becomes effective.

The Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are based on the rates at which they are expected to reverse in the future, which is generally 21%. The Company’s valuation allowance is based on the new provisions in the Tax Act including the elimination of the 20‑year net operating loss carryforward, the 80% limitation on the usage of certain net operating losses going forward and the impact of these provisions on the Company’s indefinite-lived deferred tax assets and liabilities. The amount recorded related to the remeasurement of the deferred tax balance and valuation allowance was $8.1 million as of December 31, 2017. The net effect of the Tax Act was a $3.1 million tax benefit recorded in 2017.

66


The components of Lossincome (loss) before Income Taxesincome taxes were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

United States

 

$

(52,473)

    

$

(38,258)

    

$

(92,874)

Foreign

 

 

(927)

 

 

(299)

 

 

(1,399)

Total Loss before Income Taxes

 

$

(53,400)

 

$

(38,557)

 

$

(94,273)

Year Ended December 31, 

    

2021

    

2020

    

2019

United States

$

52,780

    

$

55,874

    

$

13,830

Foreign

 

10

 

(2,234)

 

(878)

Total Income before Income Taxes

$

52,790

$

53,640

$

12,952

The expense (benefit) for income taxes consisted of the following:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

Current

    

 

  

    

 

  

    

 

  

Federal

 

$

 —

 

$

2,254

 

$

(36,801)

State

 

 

607

 

 

146

 

 

(3,269)

Foreign

 

 

132

 

 

112

 

 

155

Total Current

 

 

739

 

 

2,512

 

 

(39,915)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Federal

 

 

140

 

 

(2,087)

 

 

11,184

State

 

 

100

 

 

(1,159)

 

 

3,021

Total Deferred

 

 

240

 

 

(3,246)

 

 

14,205

Income Tax Expense (Benefit)

 

$

979

 

$

(734)

 

$

(25,710)

Year Ended December 31, 

    

2021

    

2020

    

2019

Current

    

  

    

  

    

  

Federal

$

9,444

$

1,868

$

2,550

State

 

1,290

 

2,315

 

1,015

Foreign

 

82

 

67

 

90

Total Current

 

10,816

 

4,250

 

3,655

Deferred

 

  

 

  

 

  

Federal

 

961

 

(9,671)

 

(203)

State

 

(685)

 

(2,366)

 

(163)

Total Deferred

 

276

 

(12,037)

 

(366)

Income Tax Expense (Benefit)

$

11,092

$

(7,787)

$

3,289

Tax expense in the amount of $216 was recognized as a component of income tax expense during 2018 resulting from the exercise of stock options and the release of restricted shares. PriorA reconciliation to the adoption of Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-09, which amends ASC Topic 718, Compensation – Stock Compensation, in 2017, excessstatutory tax benefits and shortfalls were recognizedrate is as adjustments to additional paid-in capital.follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

Income Tax Benefit at Federal Statutory Rate

$

(11,214)

    

21.0

%  

$

(13,495)

    

35.0

%  

$

(32,995)

    

35.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

2021

    

2020

    

2019

 

Income Tax Expense at Federal Statutory Rate

$

11,088

21.0

%  

$

11,264

21.0

%  

$

2,720

    

21.0

%

Increases (Decreases):

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

State Income Taxes, Net of Federal Income Tax Benefit

 

723

 

(1.3)

%  

 

(740)

 

1.9

%  

 

(2,275)

 

2.4

%

 

2,086

4.0

%  

 

1,949

3.6

%  

 

425

 

3.3

%

Valuation Allowance

 

3,897

 

(7.3)

%  

 

3,826

 

(10.0)

%  

 

15,207

 

(16.1)

%

Change in Valuation Allowance and Loss Carryforwards

 

(2,698)

(5.1)

%  

 

(21,363)

(39.8)

%  

 

668

 

5.2

%

Foreign Operations

 

132

 

(0.3)

%  

 

221

 

(0.5)

%  

 

(2,465)

 

2.6

%

 

365

0.7

%  

 

2,431

4.5

%  

 

90

 

0.7

%

Uncertain Tax Position related to Investigatory Settlements

 

2,919

 

(5.5)

 

 

 —

 

 —

%  

 

 —

 

 —

%  

Uncertain Tax Positions

242

0.4

%  

%  

174

1.3

%  

Non-Deductible Fines and Penalties

 

4,011

 

(7.5)

%  

 

1,156

 

(3.0)

%  

 

875

 

(0.9)

%

 

%  

 

2

%  

 

6

 

%

Federal Rate Change

 

 —

 

 —

%  

 

8,088

 

(21.0)

%  

 

 —

 

 —

%

Capital Loss

 

 —

 

 —

%  

 

 —

 

 —

%  

 

(4,020)

 

4.3

%

CARES Act Rate Differential

%  

(1,751)

(3.3)

%  

%

Other

 

511

 

(0.9)

%  

 

210

 

(0.5)

%  

 

(37)

 

 —

%

 

9

%  

 

(319)

(0.5)

%  

 

(794)

 

(6.1)

%

Income Tax Expense (Benefit)

$

979

 

(1.8)

%  

$

(734)

 

1.9

%  

$

(25,710)

 

27.3

%

$

11,092

 

21.0%

%  

$

(7,787)

 

(14.5)

%  

$

3,289

 

25.4

%

6758


The tax effects of temporary differences that result in significant portions of the deferred tax accounts based on a 21% federal rateenacted statutory rates in both 20182021 and 2017,2020, are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 

    

2018

 

2017

December 31, 

    

2021

2020

Deferred Tax Liabilities:

 

 

  

    

 

  

 

  

    

  

Operating Lease Right-of-Use Assets

$

(31,374)

$

(28,579)

Depreciation and Amortization and Other

 

$

(10,672)

 

$

(11,664)

(14,324)

(14,532)

Total Gross Deferred Tax Liabilities

 

 

(10,672)

 

 

(11,664)

 

(45,698)

 

(43,111)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred Tax Assets:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

Operating Lease Liabilities

34,021

31,365

Stock-Based Compensation Expense

 

 

2,348

 

 

2,375

 

2,381

 

2,155

Legal Settlement Reserves

 

 

14,251

 

 

9,120

8,850

7,998

Other Accruals and Reserves

 

 

4,811

 

 

5,598

 

2,809

 

4,718

Employee Benefits

 

 

1,018

 

 

1,745

 

2,117

 

3,616

Inventory Reserves

 

 

1,896

 

 

1,708

 

927

 

1,241

Inventory Capitalization

 

 

3,492

 

 

2,647

 

4,088

 

2,790

Foreign Net Operating Losses

 

 

3,153

 

 

2,891

Foreign Net Operating Loss Carryforwards

 

2,405

 

2,674

Net Operating Loss Carryforwards

 

 

2,445

 

 

3,789

1,186

250

Capital Loss Carryforwards and Other

 

 

2,784

 

 

2,815

 

655

 

3,538

Total Gross Deferred Tax Assets

 

 

36,198

 

 

32,688

 

59,439

 

60,345

Less Valuation Allowance

 

 

(26,318)

 

 

(21,576)

Total Net Deferred Tax Assets

 

 

9,880

 

 

11,112

Net Deferred Tax Liability

 

$

(792)

 

$

(552)

Less: Valuation Allowance

 

(2,405)

 

(5,623)

Total Deferred Tax Assets

 

57,034

 

54,722

Net Deferred Tax Asset

$

11,336

$

11,611

For 2018The Company continues to monitor developments by federal and 2017,state rulemaking authorities regarding tax law changes and recognizes the Company’s U.S. operations wereimpact of these law changes in a cumulative loss position. As such,the period in which they are enacted.

At the beginning of 2020, the Company has recordedhad a full valuation allowance onof $27 million recorded against its net deferred tax assets.assets as the Company was in a consolidated cumulative three-year loss position, and the Company was not relying upon projections of future taxable income in assessing their recoverability.  The valuation allowance increased by $4,742 and $3,826 forCompany assesses the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. In future periods,available evidence on a quarterly basis to assess if, based on the allowance could be reduced if sufficientweight of all available evidence, exists indicating that it is more likely than not that asome portion, or all, of thesethe deferred tax assets will not be realized.

In both 2018 and 2017,  The Company was no longer in a consolidated cumulative three-year loss position at December 31, 2020.  Based on the Company’s Canadian operations wereevaluation at a jurisdictional level as of December 31, 2020, the Company released valuation allowances of $20 million in the fourth quarter of 2020 in jurisdictions where the Company believes sufficient future taxable income, including consideration of future performance, market or economic conditions, will be generated to use existing deferred tax assets.  This release of the valuation allowance resulted in noncash income tax benefit of $20 million in 2020. At December 31, 2021 the Company’s remaining valuation allowance was $2.4 million relating to foreign operations. The amount of the deferred tax assets considered realizable could be adjusted in future periods if evidence warrants such a change. During 2021, the Company recognized additional state net operating losses expected to be utilized, which are reflected in the ending deferred tax assets and resulted in a cumulative loss position. reduction of tax expense of approximately $2.4 million.

As such,of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company has recordedhad 0 remaining U.S. federal net operating loss carryforward. The Company had foreign operating loss carryforwards of $13 million and $14 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, which have begun to expire and have a full valuation allowance on the net deferred tax assets in Canada. The valuation allowance increased by $232 and $110 for the years endedallowance. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, the Company had state loss carryforwards of $18 million and $29 million, which begin to expire in 2025.

The Company paid income taxes (net of refunds) of $11 million, $10 million and $0.2 million in 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

59

On March 27, 2020, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (CARES Act) was enacted in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. The CARES Act, among other things, permits NOL carryovers and carrybacks to offset 100% of taxable income for taxable years beginning before 2021. In addition, the CARES Act allows NOLs incurred in 2018, 2019, and 2017, respectively. In future periods,2020 to be carried back to each of the allowance could be reduced if sufficient evidence exists indicating that it is more likely than not thatfive preceding taxable years to generate a portion or allrefund of these deferredpreviously paid income taxes. The Company amended its 2018 tax assets will be realized.return with respect to CARES Act items and carried the 2018 NOL back to 2013 resulting in a net tax benefit of $1.8 million in 2020. 

As of December 31, 20182021 and 2017, the Company had U.S. federal net operating loss carryforwards of $11,483 and $5,183, respectively, of which the pre-2018 net operating losses begin to expire in 2037. However, under the 2017 Tax Act net operating losses in years 2018 and future will not expire. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017,2020, respectively, the Company had state net loss carryforwards of $52,230$0.4 million and $48,247, which begin to expire in 2022. The Company had foreign net operating loss carryforwards of $12,239 and $11,522 at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, which begin to expire in 2030.

The Company received income tax refunds (net of payments) of $148,  $29,467 and $27,422 in 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company had $3,610 and $27, respectively$0.2 million of gross unrecognized tax benefits related to Uncertain Tax Positions ($3,4650.4 million and $21, respectively$0.2 million net of federal tax benefit). It is reasonably possible that the amount of the unrecognized tax benefit with respect to certain of the uncertain tax positions will increase or decrease during the next 12 months; however, the Company does not expect the change in uncertain tax positions to have a significant effect on its results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

68


A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits, excluding interest and penalties, is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

2018

2017

2016

Balance at beginning of year

 

27

 

 

208

 

 

396

Increases for tax positions related to current year

 

3,583

 

 

 —

 

 

123

Increases for tax positions related to prior years

 

 —

 

 

33

 

 

 —

Lapse of statue

 

 —

 

 

(208)

 

 

(311)

Federal tax rate change

 

 —

 

 

(6)

 

 

 —

Balance at end of year

$

3,610

 

$

27

 

$

208

Year Ended December 31, 

2021

2020

Balance at beginning of year

$

225

 

$

225

 

Increase for tax positions related to current year

 

375

 

 

 

Decrease for tax positions related to prior years

 

(133)

 

 

 

Settlements

 

(92)

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

$

375

 

$

225

 

Included in the additions of unrecognized tax benefits in the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018, is approximately $3.6 million for an uncertain tax position related to the deductibility of the $33 million settlement related to the governmental investigations.

The Company files income tax returns with the U.S. federal government and various state and foreign jurisdictions. In the normal course of business, the Company is subject to examination by taxing authorities.   As of December 31, 2018,2021, the Internal Revenue Service has completed audits of the Company’s income tax returns through 20162016.

In February 2022 the Company received sales tax and use tax assessments from the Commonwealth of Virginia covering part of 2014 through 2017. The Company believes there are some factual errors, is disputing this assessment, and will defend itself vigorously in this matter. Given the uncertainty of the final resolution, the Company cannot reasonably estimate the loss or range of loss, if any, that may result from this action and therefore no specific accrual has been made related to this. Any losses could, potentially, have a material adverse effect, individually or collectively, on the Company’s results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.

Note 9.         401(k) Plan

The Company maintains a plan, qualified under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code, for all eligible employees. Employees are eligible to participate following the completion of three months of service and attainment of age 21. The plan is a safe harbor plan, with company matching contributions of 100% of the first 3% of employee contributions and 50% of the next 2% of employee contributions. Both deferrals and Roth contributions are allowed up to 50%90% of an employee’s eligible compensation, subject to annual IRS limits. Additionally, employees are immediately 100% vested in the Company’s matching contributions. The Company’s matching contributions, included in SG&A expenses, totaled $2,642,  $2,284$3.3 million, $3.8 million and $2,286$2.8 million in 2018, 20172021, 2020 and 2016,2019, respectively.

60

Note 10.       Commitments and Contingencies

The Company has been actively resolving various legal and other matters that have arisen in recent years. Certain other matters remain outstanding.  More detailed discussion of many offollowing chart shows the matters noted below are included in this Form 10‑K under the caption “Item 3 Legal Proceedings.”

2018, 2017 and 2016 Settlements and Resolutions

During 2018, 2017 and 2016,  the Company recorded accruals in accordance with GAAPactivity related to several legal matters. These include:

2018

2017

2016

Governmental Investigations

Formaldehyde-Abrasion MDLs

Lacey Act Related Matter

Litigation Related to Bamboo

 

California Air Resources Board

 

 

CPSC Matter

 

 

Securities Class Action

 

 

Derivative Litigation Matters

Governmental Investigations 

In 2015 and early 2016, the Company received subpoenas issued in connection with a criminal investigation being conducted by the DOJ and the SEC.  The focus of the investigations primarily related to compliance with disclosure, financial reporting and trading requirements under the federal securities laws. The Company cooperated with the investigations, produced documents and other information responsive to subpoenas and other requests

69


received from the parties. Subsequent to year end, the Company reached an agreement with the U.S. Attorney, the DOJ and SEC regarding the investigation. The Company has entered into a DPA with the U.S. Attorney and the DOJ and a Cease-and-Desist Order with the SEC, under which it is required, among other things, to (1) pay a fine in the amount of $19,095,648 to the United States Treasury, (2) forfeit to the U.S. Attorney and the DOJ the sum of $13,904,352, of which up to $6,097,298 will be submitted by the Company to the SEC in disgorgement and prejudgment interest under the Order and (3) adopt a new compliance program, or modify its existing one, including internal controls, compliance policies, and procedures in order to ensure that the Company maintains an effective system of internal account controls designed to ensure the making and keeping of fair and accurate books, records and accounts, as well as a compliance program designed to prevent and detect violations of certain federal securities laws throughout its operations. 

The Agreements also provide that the Company will continue to cooperate with the U.S. Attorney, the DOJ and the SEC in all matters relating to the conduct described in the Agreements and, at the request of the U.S. Attorney, the DOJ or the SEC, the Company will cooperate fully with other domestic or foreign law enforcement authorities and agencies in any investigation of the Company in any and all matters relating to the Agreements. In the event the Company breaches the DPA, there is a risk the government would seek to impose remedies provided for in the DPA, including instituting criminal prosecution against the Company.

The Company has accrued the fines in Selling, General, and Administrative expense in 2018, with $33 million recorded in AccrualBalance Sheet “Accrual for Legal Matters and Settlements CurrentSettlements-Current”. The matters themselves are described in its Consolidated Balance Sheet.greater detail in the paragraphs that follow the chart.

January 1, 2021

December 31, 2021

Litigation Matter

Accrual for Legal Matters

Settlement

Vouchers

Accrual for Legal Matters

Description

   

and Settlements - Current

   

Accruals

   

Payments

   

Redeemed

   

and Settlements - Current

MDL

$

14,000

$

$

$

(3,344)

$

10,656

Mason

7,000

7,000

Gold

16,000

(1,115)

14,885

Other Matters

398

773

(101)

1,070

$

30,398

$

7,773

$

(101)

$

(4,459)

$

33,611

January 1, 2020

December 31, 2020

Litigation Matter

Accrual for Legal Matters

Settlement

Vouchers

Accrual for Legal Matters

Description

and Settlements - Current

Accruals

Payments

Redeemed

and Settlements - Current

MDL

$

35,500

$

$

(21,500)

1

$

$

14,000

Gold

27,000

2,000

(13,000)

16,000

Kramer

4,750

(4,750)

Other Matters

221

507

(330)

398

$

67,471

$

2,507

$

(39,580)

$

$

30,398

1$21.5 million was paid into an escrow account for MDL in 2019 and recorded as “Deposit Legal Settlement” on the consolidated balance sheet. In the fourth quarter of 2020, the liability and deposit were relieved as the funds were distributed.

Employment Cases

Litigation Relating to Bamboo Flooring Mason Lawsuit

In 2014, Dana Gold (“Gold”)August 2017, Ashleigh Mason, Dan Morse, Ryan Carroll and Osagie Ehigie filed a purported class action lawsuit in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of New York on behalf of all current and former store managers, store managers in training, and similarly situated current and former employees (collectively, the “Mason Putative Class Employees”) alleging that certain bamboo flooring that the Company sells (the “Strand Bamboo Product”violated the Fair Labor Standards Act (“FLSA”) is defective (the “Gold Litigation”and New York Labor Law (“NYLL”). by classifying the Mason Putative Class Employees as exempt. The alleged violations include failure to pay for overtime work. The plaintiffs sought financialcertification of the Mason Putative Class Employees for (i) a collective action covering the period beginning three years prior to the filing of the complaint (plus a tolling period) through the disposition of this action for the Mason Putative Class Employees nationwide in connection with FLSA and (ii) a class action covering the period beginning six years prior to the filing of the complaint (plus a tolling period) through the disposition of this action for members of the Mason Putative Class Employees who currently are or were employed in New York in connection with NYLL. The plaintiffs did not quantify any alleged damages and,but, in addition to attorneys’ fees and costs, the plaintiffs wantedseek class certification, unspecified amounts for unpaid wages and overtime wages, liquidated and/or punitive damages, declaratory relief, restitution, statutory penalties, injunctive relief and other damages.

In November 2018, the plaintiffs filed a declarationmotion requesting conditional certification for all store managers and store managers in training who worked within the federal statute of limitations period. In May 2019, the magistrate judge granted plaintiffs’ motion for conditional certification. On January 6, 2021, the magistrate judge ruled in favor of a motion by the Company to exclude from the Mason Putative Class the claims of 55 opt-in plaintiffs who participated in a prior California state class-action settlement that released all claims arising from the Company’s actions violatedsame facts on which the law. The trial was scheduled to begin in late February 2019.Mason matter is based.

Following settlement discussions with the respect to the Gold Litigation, on March 15, 2019,In April 2021, the Company entered into a Memorandum of Understanding (“Mason MOU”) with Gold and certain othercounsel for the lead plaintiffs in the Gold Litigation (the “MOU”), which would resolve all disputes on a nationwide basis.Mason matter. Under the terms of the Mason MOU, the Company will contribute $14 million in cash and provide $14 million in store-credit vouchers, with a potential additional $2 million in store-credit vouchers based on obtaining a claim’s percentage of more than 7%, for an aggregate settlement ofpay up to $30 million.$7.0 million to settle the claims asserted in the Mason matter on behalf of all Mason Putative Class Employees who (i) opted-in to the

61

collective action (“Collective Members”) and (ii) are currently or were employed in New York and did not previously file an opt-in notice to participate in the collective action (the “New York Non Opt-Ins”). Notices were sent to the New York Non Opt-Ins in December 2021 alerting them of an opportunity to file an opt-in notice to participate in the settlement. A fairness hearing to approve the final settlement is anticipated to occur in the second quarter of 2022 with notices of settlement and checks issued following a final, non-appealable order of the court granting approval of the settlement. To the extent any checks issued to the Collective Members and the New York Non Opt-Ins are not cashed within one hundred eighty days will revert to the Company. The Mason MOU is subject to certain contingencies, including the execution of a definitive settlement agreement, boardcourt approval and court approvals of the definitive settlement agreement. The entry into the MOU or any subsequent execution of a definitive settlement agreement does not constitute an admission by the Company of any fault or liability and the Company does not admit any fault or liability. There can be no assurance that a settlement will be finalized and approved or as to the ultimate outcome of the litigation. If a final, court-approvedcourt approved settlement is not reached, the Company will defend the matter vigorously and believes there are meritorious defenses and legal standards that must be met for among other things, success on the merits. The Company has accrued within SG&A a $28 million liability in 2018 withIf the offset in the caption “Other Current Liabilities”. The Company has notified its insurance carriers and continues to pursue coverage. As the insurance claim is still pending, the Company has not recognized any insurance recovery related to the Gold Litigation.

In addition, thereparties are a number of other claims and lawsuits alleging damages similar to those in the Gold Litigation.  The Company disputes these claims and intends to defend such matters vigorously.  Given the uncertainty of litigation, the preliminary stage of the cases, and the legal standards that must be met for success on the merits, the Company is unable to estimate the amount of loss, or range of possible loss, at this time that may result from these actions.  Accordingly, no accruals have been made with respect to these matters.  Any such losses could, potentially, have a material adverse effect, individually or collectively, on the Company’s results of operations, financial condition, and liquidity.

70


Litigation Relating to Chinese Laminates

Formaldehyde-Abrasion MDLs

On March 15, 2018, the Company entered into a settlement agreement with the lead plaintiffs in the Formaldehyde MDL (as defined in Item 3 of this Form 10-K) and Abrasion MDL (as defined in Item 3 of this Form 10-K), cases more fully described in Item 3 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Under the terms offinalize the settlement, agreement, the Company agreed to fund $22 million in cash and provide $14 million in store-credit vouchers for an aggregate settlement of $36 million to settle claims brought on behalf of purchasers of Chinese-made laminate flooring sold by the Company between January 1, 2009 and May 31, 2015. The Company deposited $22 million into an escrow account administered by the court and plaintiffs’ counsel in accordance with the final settlement. The final approval order by the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Virginia has been appealed and is pending. The Company does not anticipate any change to its obligations, but must wait until the appeals are adjudicated or withdrawn.  If the appeals were to result in the settlement being set aside, the Company would receive $21.5 million back from the escrow agent. Accordingly, the Company has accounted for the payment of $21.5 million as a deposit in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. To date, insurers have denied coverage with respect to the Formaldehyde MDL and Abrasion MDL. The $36 million aggregate settlement amount was accrued within Selling, General and Administrative expenses in 2017.

For approximately three years after a final ruling has been reached in thisMason matter plaintiffs will be able to redeem vouchers for product. Some of the states have alternative expiration dates while others have an indefinite amount of time to redeem vouchers. The Company will account for the sales of these products by relieving the relevant liability, reducing inventory used in the transaction and offsetting SG&A expenses for any profit. The Company does not know the timing or pace of voucher redemption. 

In addition to those purchasers who opted out of the above settlement (the “Opt Outs”), there are a number of individual claims and lawsuits alleging personal injuries, breach of warranty claims, or violation of state consumer protection statutes that remain pending (collectively, the “Related Laminate Matters”). Certain of these Related Laminate Matters were settled in 2018, while some remain in settlement negotiations. The Company recognized charges to earnings of $3 million and $1 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, within selling, general and administrative expenses for these Remaining Laminate Matters. As of December 31, 2018 the remaining accrual related to these matters is $1.0 million, which has been included in the Accrual for Legal Settlements on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. While the Company believes that a further loss associated with the Opt Outs and Related Laminate Matters is reasonably possible, the Company is unable to reasonably estimate the amount or range of possible loss beyond what has been provided. If the Company incurs losses with the respect to the Opt Outs or further losses with respect to Related Laminate Matters, the ultimate resolution of these actions could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations, financial condition and liquidity. results of operations. As a result of these developments, the Company determined that a probable loss has been incurred and has accrued within SG&A a $7.0 million liability during the first quarter of 2021. As of December 30, 2021, the remaining accrual related to this matter is $7.0 million, which has been included in the caption “Accrual for Legal Matters and Settlements” on its condensed consolidated balance sheet.

Savidis Lawsuit

Canadian Litigation

On or about April 1, 2015, Sarah Steele (“Steele”9, 2020, Lumber Liquidators was served with a lawsuit filed by Tanya Savidis, on behalf of herself and all others similarly situated (collectively, the “Savidis Plaintiffs”). Ms. Savidis filed a purported class action lawsuit in the Ontario, Canada Superior Court of Justice against the Company. In the complaint, Steele’s allegations include strict liability, breachCalifornia, County of implied warranty of fitness for a particular purpose, breach of implied warranty of merchantability, fraud by concealment, civil negligence, negligent misrepresentation and breach of implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing. Steele did not quantify any alleged damages in her complaint, but seeks compensatory damages, punitive, exemplary and aggravated damages, statutory remedies, attorneys’ fees and costs. While the Company believes that a loss associated with the Steele litigation is possible, the Company is unable to reasonably estimate the amount or range of possible loss.

Lacey Act Related Matters

On October 7, 2015, the Company reached a settlement with the Department of Justice (DOJ) with respect to its allegations of violations of the Lacey Act in its importation of certain wood flooring products and the court entered final

71


judgmentAlameda on February 3, 2016. In connection with this settlement the Company agreed to pay a total of $10 million in fines, community service payments and forfeited proceeds and is subject to a five-year probation period and implemented the Lacey Compliance Plan. The Company has paid the settlement amount including the remaining $1.8 million in the first quarter of 2018. In addition, the Company reached a settlement with the DOJ and paid $3.2 million with respect to certain engineered hardwood flooring determined by the Company to have Lacey Act compliance concerns.

California Air Resources Board

In March 2016, the Company entered into a settlement agreement with the California Air Resources Board (“CARB”), which did not constitute an admission of wrongdoing by the Company and provided that CARB release the Company from any and all claims that CARB may have had related to certain of its laminate products imported from China. Under the terms of the settlement agreement, the Company paid a total of $2.5 million. Additionally, the Company agreed to implement certain voluntary measures, including a risk-based supplier audit program and testing research program.

Consumer Product Safety Commission Matter 

On June 15, 2016, the Company entered into an agreement with the Office of Compliance and Field Operations of the Consumer Product Safety Commission (“CPSC”) with respect to its laminate products sourced from China. The agreement marked the completion of the CPSC’s evaluation of the safety of those products and did not constitute an admission of wrongdoing by the Company. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company has continued to offer an indoor air quality testing program to its customers at no cost. The CPSC ceased its monitoring of the Company’s program in July of 2017.

Securities Class Action 

On November 17, 2016, the Company received final court approval of the Securities Class Action Stipulation. As a result of the Securities Class Action Stipulation, the Company, through its insurers and in conjunction with the settlement of the Derivative Class Action Settlement described below, contributed $26 million to a settlement fund that will be used to compensate individuals who purchased the Company’s shares of common stock between February 22, 2012 and February 27, 2015. Additionally, the Company issued 1 million shares of its common stock to the settlement fund on November 17, 2016, valued at $16.8 million in the aggregate based on the closing price of the shares at that date.

Derivative Litigation Matters

On November 17, 2016, the Company received final court approval the Consolidated Derivative Stipulation. As a result of the Consolidated Derivative Stipulation, the Company implemented certain corporate governance changes, received a $26 million insurance payment (which the Company used to fully fund the securities class action settlement summarized above), and paid additional net expenses of $2.5 million related to the derivative class action settlement.

72


Employee Classification Matter

During the second half of 2017, current and former store managers, filed purported class action lawsuits in New York and California6, 2020, on behalf of all current and former store managers, store managersLumber Liquidators employees employed as non-exempt employees. The complaint alleges violation of the California Labor Code including, among other items, failure to pay minimum wages and overtime wages, failure to provide meal periods, failure to permit rest breaks, failure to reimburse business expenses, failure to provide accurate wage statements, failure to pay all wages due upon separation within the required time, and engaging in training, installation sales managers, and similarly situated current and former employees holding comparable positions but different titles (collectively,unfair business practices (the “Savidis matter”). On or about May 22, 2020, the “Putative Class Employees”Savidis Plaintiffs provided notice to the California Department of Industrial Relations requesting they be permitted to seek penalties under the California Private Attorney General Act for the same substantive alleged violations asserted in the Complaint. The Savidis Plaintiffs seek certification of a class action covering the prior four-year period prior to the filing of the complaint to the date of class certification (the “California Employee Class”), alleging thatas well as a subclass of class members who separated their employment within three years of the Company violatedfiling of the Fair Labor Standards Act and certain state laws by classifyingsuit to the Putative Class Employees as exempt. In both cases the plaintiffsdate of class certification (the “Waiting Time Subclass”). The Savidis Plaintiffs did not quantify any alleged damages but, in addition to attorneys’ fees and costs, seek statutory penalties, unspecified amounts for unpaid wages, benefits, and penalties, interest, and other damages.

In December 2020, the Company began contacting individuals who constitute the Savidis Plaintiffs and offered individual settlements in satisfaction of their claims.  In April 2021, the Company entered into a Memorandum of Understanding (“Savidis MOU”) with counsel for the lead plaintiffs in the Savidis matter.  Under the terms of the Savidis MOU, the Company will pay $0.9 million reduced by a credit of $0.1 million for amounts already paid to the individuals who accepted the Company’s prior settlement offer.  The Company accrued an additional $675 thousand related to this matter in the first quarter 2021. In October 2021, notices were mailed to class members advising them of the settlement.  Class members who do not exclude themselves from the settlement and who did not receive an individual settlement payment will automatically receive a payment. In January 2022, the Court provided final approval of the settlement and the Company anticipates that the Settlement Administrator will mail checks to the class members who do not opt out of participating in the settlement in the second quarter of 2022.

Visnack Lawsuit

On June 29, 2020, Michael Visnack, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated (collectively, the “Visnack Plaintiffs”) filed a purported class action lawsuit in the Superior Court of California, County of San Diego, on behalf of all current and former store managers, and others similarly situated. The Complaint alleges violation of the California Labor Code including, among other items, failure to pay wages and overtime, wage statement violations, meal and rest break violations, unpaid reimbursements and waiting time, and engaging in unfair business practices (the “Visnack matter”). The Visnack Plaintiffs seek certification of a class certification,period beginning September 20, 2019, through the

62

date of Notice of Class Certification, if granted. The Visnack Plaintiffs did not quantify any alleged damages but, in addition to attorneys’ fees and costs, they seek unspecified amountamounts for each of the causes of action such as unpaid wages and overtime wages, failure to provide meal periods and rest breaks, payroll record and wage statement violations, failure to reimburse expenses and waiting time, liquidated and/or punitive damages, declaratory relief, restitution, statutory penalties, injunctive relief and other damages.

On December 14, 2020, the court ruled in favor of a motion by the Company to compel arbitration for Michael Visnack under the existing agreement between the Company and Mr. Visnack. The court declined to outright dismiss the putative class claims but stayed the putative class claims and Private Attorneys General Act claims pending arbitration. The court denied plaintiff’s request to conduct discovery. In the first quarter of 2021, the Company received notice that Mr. Visnack has filed an arbitration claim, which the Company intends to defend. Mr. Visnack is a Collective Member of the Mason Putative Class and will have the opportunity to decide whether to participate in the Mason settlement and release his claims against the Company, in which case he would be removed as the lead Plaintiff in the Visnack matter. In December 2020, the Company began contacting individuals who constitute the purported class in the Visnack matter and has offered individual settlements in satisfaction of their claims. To the extent individuals accepted these settlement offers, they have released the Company from the claims and been removed from the purported class. As of March 31, 2021, the Company had reached agreement with a portion of the purported class incurring less than $50 thousand in fees, taxes, and other costs. The Company disputesincluded those amounts in “Other Matters” in the chart above.

The Company is evaluating the Visnack Putative Class Employees' claims and intends to defend both matters vigorously.itself vigorously in this matter. Given the uncertainty of litigation, the preliminary stage of the case and the legal standards that must be met for, among other things, class certification and success on the merits, the Company is unable tocannot estimate the amount ofreasonably possible loss or range of possible loss, at this timeif any, that may result from these actions.  Accordingly,this action and therefore no accruals haveaccrual has been made with respectrelated to these matters.this. Any such losses could, potentially, have a material adverse effect, individually or collectively, on the Company’s results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.

Kramer lawsuit

In November 2017, Robert J. Kramer, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated (collectively, the “Kramer Plaintiffs”) filed a purported class action lawsuit in the Superior Court of California, County of Sacramento on behalf of all current and former store managers, all others with similar job functions and/or titles and all current and former employees classified as non-exempt or incorrectly classified as exempt and who worked for the Company in the State of California alleging violation of the California Labor Code including, among other items, failure to pay wages and overtime and engaging in unfair business practices (the “Kramer matter”). The Company reached settlement for this matter for $4.75 million in the third quarter of 2019 and paid that amount to the settlement administrator in the second quarter of 2020 for distribution to class members.

Antidumping and Countervailing Duties Investigation

In October 2010, a conglomeration of domestic manufacturers of multilayered wood flooring (“Petitioners”) filed a petition seeking the imposition of antidumping (“AD”) and countervailing duties (“CVD”) with the United States Department of Commerce (“DOC”) and the United States International Trade Commission (“ITC”) against imports of multilayered wood flooring from China. This ruling applies to companies importing multilayered wood flooring from Chinese suppliers subject to the AD and CVD orders. The Company’s multilayered wood flooring imports from China accounted for approximately 7%,  8%,  3% and 7%4% of its flooring purchases in 2018, 20172021 and 2016,2020, respectively. The Company’s consistent view through the course of this matter has been, and remains, that its imports are neither dumped nor subsidized. As such, it has appealed the original imposition of AD and CVD fees.

As part of its processes in these proceedings, the DOC conducts annual reviews of the AD and CVD rates. In such cases, the DOC will issue preliminary rates that are not binding and are subject to comment by interested parties. After consideration of the comments received, the DOC will issue final rates for the applicable period, which may lag by a year or more. At the time of import, the Company makes deposits at the then prevailing rate, even while the annual review is in process. When rates are declared final by the DOC, the Company accrues a receivable or payable depending on where that final rate compares to the deposits it has made. The Company and/or the domestic manufacturers can

63

appeal the final rate for any period and can place a hold on final settlement by U.S. Customs and Border Protection while the appeals are pending.

In addition to its overall appeal of the imposition of AD and CVD, which is still pending, theThe Company as well as other involved parties have appealed many of the final rate determinations. ThoseCertain of those appeals are pending and, at times, have resulted in delays in settling the shortfalls and refunds shown in the table below. Because of the length of time for finalization of rates as well as appeals, any subsequent adjustment of AD and CVD rates typically flows through a period different from those in which the inventory was originally purchased and/or sold.

The first 5-year Sunset Review of the AD and CVD orders on multilayered wood flooring (the “Sunset Review”) determined, in December 2017, that the AD and CVD orders will remain in place.

Results by period for the Company are shown below. The column labeled ‘December 31, 20182021 Receivable/Liability Balance’ represents the amount the Company would receive or pay (net of any collections or payments) as the result of subsequent adjustment to rates whether due to finalization by the DOC or because of action of a court based on appeals by various parties. It does not include any initial amounts paid for AD or CVD in the current period at the in-effect rate at that time.

The Company recorded net interest expenseincome related to antidumping and countervailing duties of $1.2$1.8 million withfor the amountyear ended December 31, 2021 compared to net interest income of $0.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The amounts for both years are included in other expense on the Statements of Operations. The estimated associated interest payable and receivable for each period

73


is not included in the table below and is included in the same financial statement line item on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as the associated liability and receivable balance for each period.

64

Review

    

Rates at which

    

December 31, 2021

Period1

Period Covered

Company

Final Rate

Receivable/Liability

Deposited

Balance

Antidumping

1

May 2011 through

6.78% and 3.3%

0.73%2

$1.3 million

November 2012

receivable2

2

December 2012 through

3.30%

3.92% 3

$0.2 million

November 2013

liability3

3

December 2013 through

3.3% and 5.92%

0.0%4

$1.8 million

November 2014

recievable4

6

December 2016 through

17.37% and 0.00%

42.57% and 0.0%5

$0.5 million receivable

November 2017

$1.5 million liability5

7

December 2017 through

0.00%

0.0%6

NA

November 2018

8

December 2018 through

0.00%

0.0%7

NA

November 2019

9

December 2019 through

0.00%

0.0%8

NA

November 2020

Included on the Consolidated Balance Sheet in Other Current Assets

$2.3 million

Included on the Consolidated Balance Sheet in Other Assets

$1.3 million

Included on the Consolidated Balance Sheet in Other Current Liabilities

$0.2 million

Included on the Consolidated Balance Sheet in Other Long-Term Liabilities

$1.5 million

Countervailing

1&2

April 2011 through

1.50%

0.83% / 0.99%

$0.2 million

December 2012

receivable

3

January 2013 through
December 2013

1.50%

1.38%

$0.04 million
receivable

4

January 2014 through
December 2014

1.50% and 0.83%

1.06%

$0.02 million
receivable

5

January 2015 through
December 2015

0.83% and 0.99%

Final at 0.11% and 0.85%9

$0.07 million
receivable9

6

January 2016 through
December 2016

0.99% and 1.38%

Final at 3.10% and 2.96%10

$0.04 million
liability 10

7

January 2017 through
December 2017

1.38% and 1.06%

20.75%11

$1.7 million
liability 11

8

January 2018 through
December 2018

1.06%

6.13%12

$0.3 million
liability 12

9

January 2019 through
December 2019

0.00%, 0.85%, 2.96%

5.50% / 15.71%13

NA

Included on the Consolidated Balance Sheet in Other Current Assets

$0.07 million

Included on the Consolidated Balance Sheet in Other Assets

$0.3 million

Included on the Consolidated Balance Sheet in Other Current Liabilities

$0.04 million

Included on the Consolidated Balance Sheet in Other Long-Term Liabilities

$2.0 million

65

 

 

 

 

 

Review

    

Rates at which

    

December 31, 2018

Period

Period Covered

Company

Final Rate

Receivable/Liability

 

 

Deposited

 

Balance

Antidumping

1

May 2011 through

6.78% and 3.3%

0.73%1

$1.3 million

 

November 2012

 

 

receivable1

2

December 2012 through

3.30%

13.74%

$4.1 million

 

November 2013

 

 

liability

3

December 2013 through

3.3% and 5.92%

17.37%

$5.5 million

 

November 2014

 

 

liability

4

December 2014 through

5.92% and 13.74%

0.0%

$0.03 million

 

November 2015

 

 

receivable

5

December 2015 through

5.92%. 13.74%. and 17.37%

0.0%2

$2.6 million

 

November 2016

 

 

receivable2

6

December 2016 through

17.37% and 0.0%

Pending3

NA

 

November 2017

 

 

 

7

December 2017 through

0.00%

Pending

NA

 

November 2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

Included on the Consolidated Balance Sheet in Other Current Assets

$2.63 million

 

 

 

Included on the Consolidated Balance Sheet in Other Assets

$1.3 million

 

 

 

Included on the Consolidated Balance Sheet in Other Long-Term Liabilities

$9.6 million

Countervailing

1&2

April 2011 through

1.50%

0.83% / 0.99%

$0.2 million

 

December 2012

 

 

receivable

3

January 2013 through
December 2013

1.50%

1.38%

$0.05 million
receivable

4

January 2014 through
December 2014

1.50% and 0.83%

1.06%

$0.02 million
receivable

5

January 2015 through
December 2015

0.83% and 0.99%

Final at 0.11% and 0.85%4

$0.08 million
receivable
 4

6

January 2016 through
December 2016

0.99% and 1.38%

Pending

NA

7

January 2017 through
December 2017

1.38% and 1.06%

Pending

NA

8

January 2018 through
December 2018

1.06%

Pending

NA

 

 

 

Included on the Consolidated Balance Sheet in Other Current Assets

$0.08 million

 

 

 

Included on the Consolidated Balance Sheet in Other Assets

$0.27 million

 

 

 

 

 


1

1The fourth and fifth annual anti-dumping review periods have been settled and are no longer included on the chart above.

2

In the second quarter of 2018, the Court of International Trade (“CIT”) sustained the DOC’s recommendation to reduce the rate for the first annual review period to 0.73% (from 5.92%). As a result, the Company reversed its $0.8$0.8 million liability and recorded a $1.3 million receivable with a corresponding reduction of Costcost of Salessales during the year ended December 31, 2018.

2018.

3

2In the second quarter of 2020, the CIT received a recommendation from the DOC to reduce the rate for the second annual review period to 3.92% (from 13.74%). The recommendation was accepted by the CIT in the fourth quarter of 2020, and the Company reversed $3.9 million of its $4.1 million liability, with a corresponding reduction of cost of sales.

4

In the third quarter of 2020, the CIT received a recommendation from the DOC to reduce the rate for the third annual review period to 0.0% from 17.37%. The recommendation was accepted by the CIT in the first quarter of 2021, and the Company reversed the entire $4.7 million liability, with a corresponding reduction of cost of sales, and recorded a $1.8 million receivable and favorable adjustment to cost of sales for deposits made at previous preliminary rates.

5In the third quarter of 2019, the DOC issued the final rates for the sixth annual review period at 42.57% and 0% depending on the vendor. As a result, the Company recorded a liability of $0.8 million with a corresponding reduction of cost of sales during the year ended December 31, 2019. The Company received payments during 2019 for its vendor with a final rate of 0.0% and the remaining balance of $0.5 million as of June 30, 2021 was included in other current assets on the condensed consolidated balance sheet. The vendors with a final rate of 42.57% are under appeal and the balance of $1.5 million as of December 31, 2021 was included in other long-term liabilities on the condensed consolidated balance sheet.

6In the first quarter of 2020, the DOC issued a final rate of 0.0% for the seventh annual review period. The final rate is currently under appeal.

7In April 2021, the DOC issued a preliminary rate of 0.0% for the eighth annual review period. This rate was finalized at 0.0% in October 2021.

8In the fourth quarter of 2021, the DOC issued a preliminary rate of 0.0% for the ninth annual review period.

9In the second quarter of 2018, the DOC issued the final rates for the fifth annual review period 5 at 0.0%.  As a result, the Company recorded a receivable of $2.8 million with a corresponding reduction of Cost of Sales during the year ended December 31, 2018.

3

The preliminary AD rate was a maximum of 48.26%. If the preliminary ruling regarding the AD Rate were to be finalized, the Company anticipates it would record a net liability of approximately $1.1 million.

74


4

In June 2018, the DOC issued the final rates for review period 5 at 0.11% and 0.85% depending on the vendor.  As a result, in the second quarter of 2018, the Company recorded a receivable of $0.07 million for deposits made at previous preliminary rates, with a corresponding reduction of Costcost of Sales.

sales.

10In the third quarter of 2019, the DOC issued the final rates for the sixth annual review period at 3.1% and 2.96% depending on the vendor. As a result, the Company recorded a liability of $0.4 million with a corresponding reduction of cost of sales during the year ended December 31, 2019. The remaining balance, after payments, was approximately $40 thousand as of December 31, 2021.

11In the fourth quarter of 2020, the DOC issued the final rate 20.75% for the seventh annual review period. As a result, the Company recorded a liability of $1.7 million with a corresponding increase to cost of sales during the year ended December 31, 2020. The Company has appealed this final rate during the first quarter of 2021.

12In October 2021, the DOC issued the final rate of 6.13% for the eighth annual review period. As a result, in October 2021 the Company recorded a $0.3 million liability with a corresponding increase in cost of sales.

13In the fourth quarter of 2021, the DOC issued preliminary rates of 5.5% and 15.71% for the ninth annual review period. If the preliminary rates remain at 5.5% and 15.71%, the Company will record a liability of $0.2 million in the period in which the ruling is finalized.

LitigationRelatingtoBamboo Flooring

Dana Gold filed a purported class action lawsuit in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California alleging that the Morning Star bamboo flooring that the Company sells was defective (the “Gold Litigation”). In the third quarter of 2019, the parties finalized a settlement agreement that is consistent with the terms of the Memorandum of Understanding previously disclosed by the Company, to resolve the Gold Litigation on a nationwide basis. Under the terms of the settlement agreement, the Company contributed $14 million in cash (the “Gold Cash Payment”) and provided $16 million in store-credit vouchers, for an aggregate settlement of up to $30 million. The settlement agreement made clear that the settlement does not constitute or include an admission by the Company of any fault or liability and the Company does not admit any fault, wrongdoing or liability. Following the preliminary approval, and pursuant to the terms of the settlement agreement, in December 2019, the Company paid $1 million for settlement administrative costs, which is part of the Gold Cash Payment, to the plaintiff’s settlement escrow account.Notice has been disseminated to class members by the settlement administrator, and final approval was granted by the court on October 22, 2020. The Company has notified its insurance carriers and continues to pursue coverage, but the insurers to date have denied coverage. As the insurance claim is still pending, the Company has not recognized any insurance recovery related to the Gold Litigation.

66

The Company recognized a charge to earnings of $28 million within selling, general and administrative expense during the fourth quarter of 2018 as its loss became probable and estimable. During the third quarter of 2020, the Company recognized an additional charge to earnings for in-store vouchers of $2 million within selling, general and administrative expense as the Company became aware that a threshold in the settlement agreement was met. The Company paid the remaining $13 million of the Gold Cash Payment in the fourth quarter of 2020. The vouchers were issued in the middle of the third quarter of 2021. As of December 31, 2021, the remaining accrual related to these matters was $14.9 million for vouchers, which has been included in the caption “Accrual for Legal Matters and Settlements” on its consolidated balance sheet. As $1.1 million of vouchers were redeemed during 2021, the Company relieved the accrual for legal matters and settlements for the full amount, relieved inventory at its cost, and the remaining amount -- the gross margin for the items sold of $0.4 million was recorded as a reduction in “Selling, General and administrative Expenses” (“SG&A”) on the consolidated statement of operations.

In addition, there are a number of individual claims and lawsuits alleging damages involving Strand Bamboo Product (the “Bamboo Flooring Litigation”). While the Company believes that a loss associated with the Bamboo Flooring Litigation is reasonably possible, the Company is unable to reasonably estimate the amount or range of possible loss. Any such losses could, potentially, have a material adverse effect, individually or collectively, on the Company’s results of operations, financial condition and liquidity. The Company disputes the claims in the Bamboo Flooring Litigation and intends to defend such matters vigorously.

On September 9, 2021, Larry and Kathy Fluharty filed a purported class action lawsuit in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Arkansas alleging substantially the same allegations as the Gold Litigation, for a class period beginning March 16, 2019 to present (the “Fluharty Litigation”). During the fourth quarter of 2021, the Company filed a motion to dismiss the complaint, or in the alternate strike the class allegations. On December 30, 2021, the court denied the motion to dismiss and noted that the arguments regarding the proposed class were premature. The Company has filed its answer to the complaint and is proceeding to defend the matter vigorously. The Company disputes the claims in the Fluharty Litigation The Company is evaluating the Fluharty Litigation and is unable to determine if a loss is reasonably possible or to estimate the amount or range of possible loss, if any.

Litigation Related to Formaldehyde-Abrasion MDLs

In 2018, the Company entered into a settlement agreement to resolve claims related to Chinese-manufactured laminate products (the “Formaldehyde-Abrasion MDL”). Under the terms of the settlement agreement, the Company funded $22 million in cash and provided $14 million in store-credit vouchers for an aggregate settlement amount of $36 million to settle claims.Cash and vouchers, which generally have a three-year life, were distributed by the administrator in the fourth quarter of 2020.The Company will monitor and evaluate the redemption of vouchers on a quarterly basis. The Company’s current expectation is that recipients bargained for this compensation as part of the settlement and therefore will redeem their voucher for product as intended.

As of December 31, 2021, the remaining accrual related to these matters was $10.7 million for vouchers, which has been included in the caption “Accrual for Legal Matters and Settlements – Current” on its consolidated balance sheet. As $3.3 million of vouchers were redeemed during 2021, the Company relieved the accrual for legal matters and settlements for the full amount, relieved inventory at its cost, and the remaining amount -- the gross margin for the items sold of $1.3 million was recorded as a reduction in “Selling, General and administrative Expenses” (“SG&A”) on the consolidated statement of income.

In addition to those purchasers who elected to opt out of the above settlement (the “Opt Outs”), there are a number of individual claims and lawsuits alleging personal injuries, breach of warranty claims or violation of state consumer protection statutes that remain pending (collectively, the “Related Laminate Matters”). Certain of these Related Laminate Matters were settled in 2019. The Company did 0t have any expense for these matters for the year ending December 31, 2021, or 2020. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the remaining accrual related to these matters was $0.1 million, which has been included in the caption “Accrual for Legal Matters and Settlements” on the consolidated balance sheet. While the Company believes that a further loss associated with the Opt Outs and Related Laminate Matters is possible, the Company is unable to reasonably estimate the amount or range of possible loss beyond

67

what has been provided. Any such losses could, potentially, have a material adverse effect, individually or collectively, on the Company’s results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.

During 2021, the Company reached a settlement with three of its insurance carriers related to legal fees for the MDL matter for a combined amount of $0.9 million and received payment.

Canadian Litigation

On or about April 1, 2015, Sarah Steele (“Steele”) filed a purported class action lawsuit in the Ontario, Canada Superior Court of Justice against the Company. In the complaint, Steele’s allegations include strict liability, breach of implied warranty of fitness for a particular purpose, breach of implied warranty of merchantability, fraud by concealment, civil negligence, negligent misrepresentation and breach of implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing relating to the Company’s Chinese-manufactured laminate flooring products. Steele did not quantify any alleged damages in her complaint, but seeks compensatory damages, punitive, exemplary and aggravated damages, statutory remedies, attorneys’ fees and costs. While the Company believes that a further loss associated with the Steele litigation is reasonably possible, the Company is unable to reasonably estimate the amount or range of possible loss.

Section 301 Tariffs

Since September 2018, pursuant to Section 301 of the Trade Act of 1974, the United States Trade Representative (“USTR”) has imposed tariffs on certain goods imported from China over four tranches or Lists. Products imported by the Company fall within Lists 3 and 4 for which tariffs range from 10% to 25%. On September 10, 2020 several importers of vinyl flooring filed a lawsuit with the CIT challenging the Section 301 tariffs under Lists 3 and 4. The Company has also filed a companion case at the CIT challenging Section 301 tariffs it has paid. The Company is unable to predict the timing or outcome of the ruling by the CIT. If these appeals are successful, the Company should qualify for refunds on these Section 301 tariffs.

Other Matters

The Company is also, from time to time, subject to claims and disputes arising in the normal course of business. In the opinion of management, while the outcome of any such claims and disputes cannot be predicted with certainty, its ultimate liability in connection with these matters is not expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or liquidity.

Note 11. Selected Quarterly Financial Information (unaudited)Canadian and U.S. Store Closure Costs

During the third quarter of 2020, the Company completed a review of its store footprint and performance. As a result of that review, the Company made the decision to close its 8 Canadian stores as well as 6 stores in the United States. The following tables presentclosure of the Canadian stores reflected the fact that the Company’s unaudited quarterly resultsperformance in these stores has been challenging for 2018a number of years and 2017.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Quarter Ended

 

 

    

March 31, 

    

June 30, 

    

September 30, 

    

December 31, 

 

 

 

2018

 

2018

 

2018

 

2018

 

Net Sales

 

$

261,772

    

$

283,474

    

$

270,469

    

$

268,921

 

Gross Profit

 

 

94,972

 

 

101,310

 

 

100,682

 

 

95,976

 

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

 

 

96,418

 

 

102,223

 

 

93,987

 

 

150,885

 

Operating (Loss) Income

 

 

(1,446)

 

 

(913)

 

 

6,695

 

 

(54,909)

 

Net (Loss) Income

 

$

(1,972)

 

$

(1,454)

 

$

5,923

 

$

(56,876)

 

Net (Loss) Income per Common Share - Basic

 

$

(0.07)

 

$

(0.05)

 

$

0.21

 

$

(1.99)

 

Net (Loss) Income per Common Share - Diluted

 

$

(0.07)

 

$

(0.05)

 

$

0.21

 

$

(1.99)

 

Number of Stores Opened in Quarter, net

 

 

 5

 

 

 8

 

 

 3

 

 

 4

 

Comparable Store Net Sales Increase

 

 

2.9

%  

 

4.7

%  

 

2.1

%  

 

0.4

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Quarter Ended

 

 

    

March 31, 

    

June 30, 

    

September 30, 

    

December 31, 

 

 

 

2017

 

2017

 

2017

2017

 

Net Sales

 

$

248,389

    

$

263,500

    

$

257,185

    

$

259,859

 

Gross Profit

 

 

86,799

 

 

97,455

 

 

92,687

 

 

92,120

 

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

 

 

112,215

 

 

92,335

 

 

109,962

 

 

91,515

 

Operating (Loss) Income

 

 

(25,416)

 

 

5,120

 

 

(17,275)

 

 

605

 

Net (Loss) Income

 

$

(26,372)

 

$

4,475

 

$

(18,915)

 

$

2,989

 

Net (Loss) Income per Common Share - Basic

 

$

(0.93)

 

$

0.16

 

$

(0.66)

 

$

0.10

 

Net (Loss) Income per Common Share - Diluted

 

$

(0.93)

 

$

0.16

 

$

(0.66)

 

$

0.10

 

Number of Stores Opened in Quarter

 

 

 2

 

 

 —

 

 

 2

 

 

 6

 

Comparable Store Net Sales Increase

 

 

4.7

%  

 

8.8

%  

 

3.8

%  

 

4.5

%


that all but one of the stores’ leases are expiring in early 2021. The following tables present certain items impacting gross profit and SG&ACompany believed investing in the Company’s unaudited quarterly resultsother stores would provide stronger returns. The 6 U.S. stores were underperforming and their prospects for 2018 and 2017. Operating loss for eachimprovement were uncertain due to local market conditions, demographics, and/or the competitive landscape. The stores collectively represented approximately 1.5% of the quarterly periods was impacted byCompany’s annualized revenue and their absence did not have a meaningful impact on cash flow. The Company incurred expense of $3.8 million to close these stores in the unusual itemssecond half of 2020, including an approximately $0.8 million reclassification of cumulative translation adjustments to earnings that were previously included in Other Comprehensive Loss on its consolidated balance sheet. Approximately $2.6 million of this expense related to lease and inventory write-downs, employee termination benefits and fixed asset write-offs. All 14 stores were closed as of December 31, 2020, although certain clean-up activities were fully completed early in 2021. There were 0 material expenses for employee termination benefits or other store closure costs during the year ended December 31, 2021.

7568


in both gross profit and SG&A discussed above and summarized below. These items either relate to revised estimatesA summary of legacy reserves, or are significant and infrequent in nature.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Quarter Ended

 

    

March 31, 

    

June 30, 

    

September 30, 

    

December 31, 

 

 

2018

 

2018

 

2018

 

2018

Gross Margin Items:

 

 

  

    

 

  

    

 

  

    

 

  

Antidumping Adjustments

 

$

 —

 

$

(2,126)

 

$

(2,822)

 

$

 —

Tariff Adjustments

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(1,711)

Sub-Total Items above

 

$

 —

 

$

(2,126)

 

$

(2,822)

 

$

(1,711)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SG&A Items:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Accrual for Legal Matters and Settlements

 

$

250

 

$

2,701

 

$

 —

 

$

61,000

Legal and Professional Fees 1

 

 

3,067

 

 

3,325

 

 

2,991

 

 

2,324

All Other  2

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

1,769

 

 

 —

Sub-Total Items above

 

$

3,317

 

$

6,026

 

$

4,760

 

$

63,324

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Quarter Ended

 

    

March 31,

    

June 30, 

    

September 30, 

    

December 31, 

 

 

2017

 

2017

 

2017

 

2017

Gross Margin Items:

 

 

    

    

 

    

    

 

    

    

 

    

Antidumping Adjustments

 

$

 —

 

$

(2,797)

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

Indoor Air Quality Testing Program

 

 

 —

 

 

(993)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Sub-Total Items above

 

$

 —

 

$

(3,790)

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SG&A Items:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities and Derivatives Class Action

 

$

18,000

 

$

 —

 

$

18,000

 

$

960

Legal and Professional Fees 1

 

 

2,408

 

 

3,526

 

 

2,940

 

 

2,440

All Other  2

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

1,459

 

 

1,687

Sub-Total Items above

 

$

20,408

 

$

3,526

 

$

22,399

 

$

5,087


1      Represents charges to earnings related to our defense of various significant legal actions during the period. This does not include all legalstore closure costs incurred by the Company.during 2020 is as follows:

Year Ended December 31, 

    

2020

Cost of Merchandise Sold:

Inventory write-down and other inventory adjustments

$

822

Cost of Merchandise Sold Subtotal

822

Selling, General, & Administrative Expenses:

Employee termination benefits

411

Write-downs of lease and fixed assets

1,362

Reclassification of Foreign Currency Translation to Earnings

757

Other SG&A store closure costs

432

Selling, General, & Administrative Expenses Subtotal

2,962

Total Store Closure Costs

$

3,784

2      All other primarily relates to various payroll factors, including our retention initiatives,There are 0 remaining liabilities for employee termination benefits and impairment charges related to discontinuing non-core investments.accrued store closure costs as of December 31, 2021.

76


Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures.

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of ourWe maintain disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in RulesRule 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) as of the end of the period covered by this report. Disclosure controls and procedures, that are designed to provide reasonable assuranceensure that the information that would be required to be disclosed in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act has been appropriatelyreports is recorded, processed, summarized and reported on a timely basiswithin the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and are effective in ensuringforms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to the Company’sour management, including our Chiefthe Principal Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

We carried out an evaluation, under the supervision, and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2021. Based on suchthis evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that as of December 31, 2018, our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective dueas of December 31, 2021, and designed to a material weaknessprovide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by us in internal control over financial reporting, described below.reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Principal Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our managementManagement of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining an adequate system of internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act), pursuant to Rule 13a-15(c) of the Exchange Act. Our internalreporting. Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act as a process, designed by, or under the supervision of the Company’s principal executive and principal financial officer and effected by the Company’s board of directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP.

A company’s internalaccounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Internal control over financial reporting includes policies and procedures that: (i) pertain to the maintenance ofmaintaining records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the our

69

transactions and dispositionsdisposition of the assets of the company, (ii) provideassets; providing reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permitfor preparation of our financial statements in accordance with GAAP, andgenerally accepted accounting principles; providing reasonable assurance that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company,Board authorizations; and (iii) provideproviding reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company’sour assets that could have a material effect on theour financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting mayis not preventintended to provide absolute assurance that a misstatement of our financial statements would be prevented or detect misstatements. Projectionsdetected. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness forto future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Under

Management under the supervision of, and with the participation of our management, we assessedthe Company’s principal executive and principal financial officer, conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, using2021 based on the framework and criteria set forthestablished in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013). A material weakness isCommission. This evaluation included review of the documentation of controls, evaluation of the design effectiveness of controls, testing of the operating effectiveness of controls and a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, inconclusion on this evaluation. Based on the foregoing, management concluded that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

We identified a material weakness in our internal controls related to the classification of imported products under the Harmonized Tariff System. This classification is the basis on which tariff obligations on imported products are calculated.  We believe that this weakness was the result of: inconsistent documentation of product specifications, an overreliance upon the knowledge and expertise of certain individuals, and review controls that did not operate at a level of precision to detect and correct these classification and measurement errors.  Management believes that the design and operation of controls in placeeffective as of December 31, 2018 created a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement to the consolidated financial statements may not have been prevented or detected on a timely basis. 

77


The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, Ernst & Young LLP has issued an adverse audit report2021 based on the effectiveness of the Company’sspecified criteria.

Our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, which appears2021 has been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report, as shown in Item 8 of this Annual Report.8. “Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

As a result of the identification of the material weakness, and prior to filing this Annual Report, we performed further analysis and completed additional procedures intended to ensure our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2018 were preparedChanges in accordance with GAAP. Based on these procedures and analysis, and notwithstanding the material weaknessInternal Control over Financial Reporting

There has been no change in our internal control over financial reporting our management has concluded that our consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included in this Annual Report have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. Our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have certified that, based on each such officer’s knowledge,occurred during the consolidated financial statements, as well as the other financial information included in this Annual Report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Company as of, and for, the periods presented in this Annual Report. In addition, Ernst & Young LLP has issued an unqualified opinion on our consolidated financial statements, which is included in Item 8 of this Annual Report, and we have developed a remediation plan for the material weakness, which is described below.

Remediation

In addition to the further analysis and procedures noted above to ensure that the consolidated financial statements were in accordance with GAAP, management has been implementing and continues to implement measures designed to ensure that control deficiencies contributing to the material weakness are remediated, such that these controls are designed, implemented, and operating effectively.   The remediation actions include: designing a process whereby 1) complete specifications including a sample have been documented in a consistent manner, 2) multiple parties independently assign a proposed tariff code, 3) review processes are consistently applied for newly created products, and 4) review processes are added to sample previously assigned codes to ensure continued applicability.  Employees hired as part of this process will have requisite experience and expertise with customs and duties.  Management will also be providing regular reporting on remediation measures to the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors.  

We believe that these actions will remediate the material weakness. The material weakness will not be considered remediated, however, until the applicable controls operate for a sufficient period of time and our management has concluded, through testing, that these controls are operating effectively. We expect that the remediation of this material weakness will be completed by the end of fiscal 2019.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Except for the material weakness identified above, as of December 31, 2018, there have been no other changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) or 15d-15(f) of the Exchange Act) during our fourth quarter ended December 31, 20182021 that havehas materially affected, or areis reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B. Other Information.

None.

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference from the definitive proxy statement for our 20192021 annual meeting of shareholders, which will be filed no later than 120 days after December 31, 2018.

78


2021.

Code of Ethics

We have a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, which applies to all employees, officers and directors of Lumber LiquidatorsLL Flooring Holdings, Inc. and its direct and indirect subsidiaries. Our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics meets the requirements of a “code of ethics” as defined by Item 406 of Regulation S-K, and applies to our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer (who is our principal financial officer), as well as all other employees. Our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics also meets the requirements of a code of conduct under Rule 303A.10 of the NYSE Listed Company Manual. Our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is posted on our website at www.lumberliquidators.comwww.LLFlooring.com in the “Corporate Governance” section of our Investor Relations home page.

We intend to provide any required disclosure of an amendment to or waiver from our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics on our website at www.lumberliquidators.comwww.LLFlooring.com in the “Corporate Governance” section of our Investor

70

Relations home page promptly following the amendment or waiver. We may elect to disclose any such amendment or waiver in a report on Form 8‑K8-K filed with the SEC either in addition to or in lieu of the website disclosure. The information contained on or connected to our website is not incorporated by reference in this report and should not be considered part of this or any other report that we file with or furnish to the SEC.

Item 11. Executive Compensation.

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference from the definitive proxy statement for our 20192021 annual meeting of shareholders, which will be filed no later than 120 days after December 31, 2018.2021.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference from the definitive proxy statement for our 20192021 annual meeting of shareholders, which will be filed no later than 120 days after December 31, 2018.2021.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference from the definitive proxy statement for our 20192021 annual meeting of shareholders, which will be filed no later than 120 days after December 31, 2018.2021.

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services.

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference from the definitive proxy statement for our 20192021 annual meeting of shareholders, which will be filed no later than 120 days after December 31, 2018.2021.

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules.

(a)   The following documents are filed as part of this annual report:

Consolidated Financial Statements

Refer to the financial statements filed as part of this annual report in Part II, Item 8.

1.           Financial Statement Schedules.

The following financial statement schedule is filed as part of this annual report under Schedule II – Analysis of Valuation and Qualifying Accounts for the years ended December 31, 2018, 20172021, 2020 and 2016.2019. All other financial statement schedules have been omitted because the required information is either included in the financial statements or the notes thereto or is not applicable.

79


2.           Exhibits

The exhibits listed on the accompanying Exhibit Index are filed or incorporated by reference as part of this report.

Item 16. Form 10‑K10-K Summary.

None.

8071


Lumber LiquidatorsLL Flooring Holdings, Inc.

Schedule II – Analysis of Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

For the Years Ended December 31, 2018, 20172021, 2020 and 20162019

(in thousands)

Additions 

Balance 

Charged to 

Beginning 

Cost and 

Balance End 

    

of Year

    

Expenses

    

Deductions (1)

    

Other

    

of Year

For the Year Ended December 31, 2019

 

 

  

  

 

  

  

Reserve deducted from assets to which it applies

 

 

  

  

 

  

  

Inventory reserve for loss or obsolescence

 

$

6,807

  

$

1,888

  

$

(1,795)

  

$

  

$

6,900

Income tax valuation allowance

 

$

26,318

  

$

668

$

  

$

  

$

26,986

For the Year Ended December 31, 2020

 

 

  

  

 

  

  

Reserve deducted from assets to which it applies

 

 

  

  

 

  

  

Inventory reserve for loss or obsolescence

 

$

6,900

  

$

3,036

  

$

(3,199)

  

$

  

$

6,737

Income tax valuation allowance

 

$

26,986

  

$

$

(21,363)

  

$

  

$

5,623

For the Year Ended December 31, 2021

 

 

  

  

 

  

  

Reserve deducted from assets to which it applies

 

 

  

  

 

  

  

Inventory reserve for loss or obsolescence

 

$

6,737

  

$

2,345

  

$

(3,530)

  

$

  

$

5,552

Income tax valuation allowance

 

$

5,623

  

$

$

(3,218)

  

$

  

$

2,405

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additions 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance 

 

Charged to 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning 

 

Cost and 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance End 

 

    

of Year

    

Expenses

    

Deductions (1)

    

Other

    

of Year

For the Year Ended December 31, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

  

  

 

 

 

 

  

  

 

 

Reserve deducted from assets to which it applies

 

 

 

 

 

  

  

 

 

 

 

  

  

 

 

Inventory reserve for loss or obsolescence

 

$

26,882

  

$

3,723

  

$

(23,535)

  

$

 —

  

$

7,070

Income tax valuation allowance

 

$

2,433

  

$

15,207

  

$

 —

  

$

 —

  

$

17,640

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

  

  

 

 

 

 

  

  

 

 

Reserve deducted from assets to which it applies

 

 

 

 

 

  

  

 

 

 

 

  

  

 

 

Inventory reserve for loss or obsolescence

 

$

7,070

  

$

6,349

  

$

(7,788)

  

$

 —

  

$

5,631

Income tax valuation allowance

 

$

17,640

  

$

3,936

(2)

$

 —

  

$

 —

  

$

21,576

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2018

 

 

 

 

 

  

  

 

 

 

 

  

  

 

 

Reserve deducted from assets to which it applies

 

 

 

 

 

  

  

 

 

 

 

  

  

 

 

Inventory reserve for loss or obsolescence

 

$

5,631

  

$

3,108

  

$

(1,932)

  

$

 —

  

$

6,807

Income tax valuation allowance

 

$

21,576

  

$

4,742

 

$

 —

  

$

 —

  

$

26,318

1Deductions for the inventory reserve are for the purposes for which the reserve was created. The deductions for the income tax valuation allowance is described in Item 8. Note 8.

1      Deductions are for the purposes for which the reserve was created, including the write-off of laminate flooring in 2016.

2      Includes the impact of the Tax Act, which was enacted on December 22, 2017.

8172


EXHIBIT INDEX

3.01

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Lumber LiquidatorsLL Flooring Holdings, Inc. (filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K, filed on January 4, 2010December 10, 2021 (File No. 001-33767), and incorporated by reference)

3.02

Amended and Restated By-Laws of Lumber LiquidatorsLL Flooring Holdings, Inc. (as revised effective December(effective January 1, 2016)2022) (filed as Exhibit 3.13.2 to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K, filed on December 6, 201610, 2021 (File No. 001-33767), and incorporated by reference)

4.01

Form of Certificate of Common Stock of Lumber Liquidators Holdings, Inc. (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K, filed on January 4, 2010 (File No. 001-33767), and incorporated by reference)

10.1*4.02

Description of Capital Stock (filed as Exhibit 4.02 to the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K, filed on February 25, 2020 (File No. 001-33767), and incorporated by reference)

10.1

*

Lumber Liquidators Holdings, Inc. Amended and Restated 2011 Equity Compensation Plan (filed as Form 8-K, filed May 23, 2019 (File No. 001-33767), and incorporated by reference)

10.2

*

Lumber Liquidators Holdings, Inc. Amended and Restated 2011 Equity Compensation Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K, filed May 25, 2016 (File No. 001-33767), and incorporated by reference)

10.2*10.3

*

Lumber Liquidators Holdings, Inc. 2011 Equity Compensation Plan (filed as Exhibit A to the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement, filed April 6, 2011 (File No. 001-33767), and incorporated by reference)

10.3*

Lumber Liquidators 2007 Equity Compensation Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Post –effective Amendment No. 1 to its Registration Statement on Form S-8, filed January 4, 2010 (File No. 333-147247), and incorporated by reference)

10.4*

Offer Letter Agreement with Marco Pescara (filed as Exhibit 10.06 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed April 23, 2007 (File No. 333-142309), and incorporated by reference)

10.5

Lease by and between ANO LLC and Lumber Liquidators (relating to Toano facility) (filed as Exhibit 10.08 to the Company’s Amendment No. 1 to its Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed May 30, 2007 (File No. 333-142309), and incorporated by reference)

10.6*10.4

*

Form of Option Award Agreement, effective November 16, 2007 (filed as Exhibit 10.10 to the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K, filed on March 12, 2008 (File No. 001-33767), and incorporated by reference)

10.7*

Form of Option Award Agreement, effective December 31, 2010 (filed as Exhibit 10.13 to the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K, filed on February 23, 2011 (File No. 001-33767), and incorporated by reference)

10.8*

Form of Option Award Agreement, effective May 6, 2011 (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K, filed May 6, 2011 (File No. 001-33767), and incorporated by reference)

10.9

10.5

ThirdFourth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of August 17, 2016,March 29, 2019, among Lumber Liquidators Holdings, Inc. and its domestic subsidiaries, including Lumber Liquidators, Inc. and Lumber Liquidators Services, LLC (collectively, the “Borrowers”), Bank of America, N.A. as administrative agent and collateral agent, and Bank of America, N.A. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as lenders (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K, filed August 19, 2016March 29, 2019 (File No. 001-33767), and incorporated by reference)

10.10*10.6

First Amendment to Fourth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of April 17, 2020, among Lumber Liquidators Holdings, Inc. and its domestic subsidiaries, including Lumber Liquidators, Inc. and Lumber Liquidators Services, LLC (collectively, the “Borrowers”), Bank of America, N.A. as administrative agent and collateral agent, and Bank of America, N.A. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Lenders (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K, filed on April 20, 2020 (File No. 001- 33767) and incorporated by reference)

10.7

Second Amendment to Fourth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of April 30, 2021, among Lumber Liquidators Holdings, Inc. and its domestic subsidiaries, including Lumber Liquidators, Inc. and Lumber Liquidators Services, LLC (collectively, the “Borrowers”), Bank of America, N.A. as administrative agent and collateral agent, and Bank of America, N.A. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Lenders (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q, filed on May 5, 2021 (File No. 001- 33767) and incorporated by reference)

10.8

*

Amended and Restated Annual Bonus Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.17 to the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K, filed on February 20, 2013 (File No. 001-33767), and incorporated by reference)

10.11*10.9

*

Form of Option Award Agreement, effective January 24, 2013 (filed as Exhibit 10.18 to the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K, filed on February 20, 2013 (File No. 001-33767), and incorporated by reference)

10.12*10.10

*

Form of Restricted Stock Agreement, effective January 24, 2013 (filed as Exhibit 10.19 to the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K, filed on February 20, 2013 (File No. 001-33767), and incorporated by reference)

10.13*10.11

*

Form of Stock Appreciation Right Agreement, effective January 24, 2013 (filed as Exhibit 10.20 to the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K, filed on February 20, 2013 (File No. 001-33767), and incorporated by reference)

10.14*

Form of Option Award Agreement (Employee), effective November 23, 2015 (filed as Exhibit 10.22 to the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K, filed on February 29, 2016 (File No. 001-33767), and incorporated by reference)

8273


10.15*10.12

*

Form of Restricted Stock Agreement (Employee), effective November 23, 2015 (filed as Exhibit 10.24 to the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K, filed on February 29, 2016 (File No. 001-33767), and incorporated by reference)

10.16*

Form of Option Award Agreement (Employee), effective August 1, 2016 (filed as Exhibit 10.24 to the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K, filed on February 21, 2017 (File No. 001-33767), and incorporated by reference)

10.17*10.13

*

Form of Restricted Stock Agreement (Employee), effective August 1, 2016 (filed as Exhibit 10.26 to the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K, filed on February 21, 2017 (File No. 001-33767), and incorporated by reference)

10.18*

Form of Restricted Stock Agreement (Director), effective May 24, 2017 (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q, filed on August 1, 2017 (File No. 001-33767), and incorporated by reference)

10.19*10.14

*

Form of NEO Performance Award, effective March 1, 2018 (filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q, filed on May 1, 2018 (File No. 001-33767), and incorporated by reference)

10.20*

Form of Restricted Award Agreement (Director), effective February 7, 2018 (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q, filed on May 1, 2018 (File No. 001-33767), and incorporated by reference)

10.21

10.15

*

Form of Restricted Award Agreement (Director), effective May 22, 2019 (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q, filed on August 7, 2019, 2018 (File No. 001-33767), and incorporated by reference)

10.16

*

Form of Performance-Based Stock Unit Award Agreement, effective February 24, 2021 (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q, filed on May 5, 2021 (File No. 001- 33767) and incorporated by reference)

10.17

Plea Agreement between Lumber Liquidators, Inc. and the Department of Justice (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K, filed October 7, 2015 (File No. 001-33767) and incorporated by reference)

10.22

10.18

Stipulation for Settlement and Joint Motion for Entry of Consent Order of Forfeiture between Lumber Liquidators, Inc. and the Department of Justice (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K, filed October 7, 2015 (File No. 001-33767) and incorporated by reference)

10.23

10.19

Class Action Settlement Agreement in Formaldehyde MDL and Durability MDL dated March 15, 2018 by and between Plaintiffs in the Formaldehyde MDL and the Durability MDL and Lumber Liquidators, Inc. (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q, filed on May 1, 2018 (File No. 001-33767), and incorporated by reference)

10.24

10.20

Deferred Prosecution Agreement, dated March 12, 2019, by and between Lumber Liquidators Holdings, Inc., the United States Attorney’s Office for the Eastern District of Virginia and the United States Department of Justice, Criminal Division, Fraud Section. (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K, filed March 12, 2019 (File No. 001-33767) and incorporated by reference)

10.25

10.21

Order Instituting Cease-and-Desist Proceedings Pursuant to Section 21C of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, Making Findings, and Imposing a Cease-and-Desist Order, dated March 12, 2019, between the United States Securities and Exchange Commission and Lumber Liquidators, Holdings, Inc. (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K, filed March 12, 2019 (File No. 001-33767) and incorporated by reference)

10.26*10.22

Offer Letter Agreement with Carl R. Daniels,Class Action Settlement in the Kramer Litigation dated September 7, 20119, 2019 by and between the Plaintiffs in the Kramer Litigation and Lumber Liquidators, Inc. (filed as Exhibit 10.3810.1 to the Company’s annualquarterly report on Form 10-K,10-Q, filed on February 29, 2016November 6, 2019 (File No. 001-33767), and incorporated by reference)

10.27*10.23

Offer Letter Agreement with Dennis R. Knowles,of Compromise and Settlement in the Gold Litigation dated February 23, 2016September 30, 2019 by and between the Plaintiffs in the Gold Litigation and Lumber Liquidators, Inc. (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s currentquarterly report on Form 8-K,10-Q, filed February 29, 2016November 6, 2019 (File No. 001-33767) and incorporated by reference)

10.28*10.24

*

Amendment, dated November 7, 2016, to Offer Letter, dated as of February 23, 2016, between Lumber Liquidators Holdings, Inc. and Dennis R. Knowles (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K, filed November 7, 2016 (File No. 001-33767) and incorporated by reference)

10.29*

Offer Letter Agreement with Martin D. Agard, dated August 31, 2016 (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K, filed September 9, 2016 (File No. 001-33767) and incorporated by reference)

83


10.30*

Offer Letter Agreement with Timothy J. Mulvaney, dated March 22, 2017 (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K, filed May 26, 2017 (File No. 001-33767) and incorporated by reference)

10.31*10.25

Offer Letter Agreement with M. Lee Reeves, dated June 16, 2017 (filed as Exhibit 10.36 to the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K, filed February 27, 2018 (File No. 001-33769) and incorporated by reference)

10.32*

Severance Agreement, dated as of July 26, 2018, between Lumber Liquidators Holdings, Inc. and Dennis R. Knowles (filed as exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K, filed July 31, 2018 (File No. 001-33769) and incorporated by reference)

10.33*

Severance Agreement, dated as of July 26, 2018, between Lumber Liquidators Holdings, Inc. and Martin D. Agard (filed as exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K, filed July 31, 2018 (File No. 001-33769) and incorporated by reference)

10.34*

Severance Agreement, dated as of July 26, 2018, between Lumber Liquidators Holdings, Inc. and M. Lee Reeves (filed as exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K, filed July 31, 2018 (File No. 001-33769) and incorporated by reference)

10.35

Office Deed of Lease Agreement dated October 19, 2018, by and between LM Retail, LLC and Lumber Liquidators Services, LLC (filed as Exhibit 10.35 to the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K, filed on March 18, 2019 (file No. 001-33767) and incorporated by reference)

10.36*10.26

*

Offer Letter Agreement with Jennifer Bohaty, dated March 30, 2018 (filed as Exhibit 10.36 to Company’s annual report on Form 10-K, filed on March 18, 2019 (file No. 001-33767) and incorporated by reference)

10.37*10.27

*

Offer Letter Agreement with Charles E. Tyson, dated May 17, 2018 (filed as Exhibit 10.37 to Company’s annual report on Form 10-K, filed on March 18, 2019 (file No. 001-33767) and incorporated by reference)

10.38*10.28

*

Severance Agreement, dated as of July 26, 2018,March 15, 2019, between Lumber Liquidators Holdings, Inc.the Company and Jennifer BohatyTimothy J. Mulvaney (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K, filed on March 18,2019 (file No. 001-33767) and incorporated by reference)

74

10.29

*

Offer Letter Agreement with Nancy A. Walsh, dated August 9, 2019 (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K, filed on August 19, 2019 (file No. 001-33767) and incorporated by reference)

10.39*10.30

*

Severance Agreement, datedeffective as of July 26, 2018, between Lumber Liquidators Holdings, Inc.the Company and Charles E. TysonChristopher Thomsen (filed as Exhibit 10.32 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed on March 2, 2021 (file No. 001-33767) and incorporated by reference)

21.1

10.31

*

Subsidiaries of Lumber Liquidators Holdings, Inc.Offer Letter Agreement with Matthew Argano, dated March 28, 2020 (filed as Exhibit 10.36 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed on March 2, 2021 (file No. 001-33767) and incorporated by reference)

23.1

10.32

*

Offer Letter Agreement with Alice Givens, dated August 7, 2020 (filed herewith)

10.33

*

Form of Severance Agreement for CEO (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K, filed on December 10, 2021 (File No. 001-33767), and incorporated by reference)

10.34

*

Form of Severance Agreement for Executive Officers (other than CEO) (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K, filed on December 10, 2021 (File No. 001-33767), and incorporated by reference)

21.1

Subsidiaries of LL Flooring Holdings, Inc.

23.1

Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

31.1

Certification of Principal Executive Officer of Lumber LiquidatorsLL Flooring Holdings, Inc. pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

31.2

Certification of Principal Financial Officer of Lumber LiquidatorsLL Flooring Holdings, Inc. pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

32.1

Certification of Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer of Lumber LiquidatorsLL Flooring Holdings, Inc. pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley act of 2002

101

The following financial statements from the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2018,2021, formatted in XBRL: (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets, (ii) Consolidated Statements of Operations,Income, (iii) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss, (iv) Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity, (v) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, (vi) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

104

Cover Page Interactive Data File (embedded within the Inline XBRL document)

*

Indicates a management contract or compensation plan, contract or agreement.

8475


SIGNATURES

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized on March 18, 2019.February 22, 2022.

 

 

 LUMBER LIQUIDATORSLL FLOORING HOLDINGS, INC.

(Registrant)

By:

/s/ Dennis R. KnowlesCharles E. Tyson

  

Dennis R. KnowlesCharles E. Tyson

 

Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated on March 18, 2019.February 22, 2022.

Signature

 

Signature

Title

 

 

/s/ Dennis R. KnowlesCharles E. Tyson

 

Chief Executive Officer and Director

Dennis R. KnowlesCharles E. Tyson

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

 

 

/s/ Martin D. AgardNancy A. Walsh

 

Chief Financial Officer

Martin D. AgardNancy A. Walsh

 

(Principal Financial Officer)

/s/ Timothy J. Mulvaney

 

Chief Accounting Officer

Timothy J. Mulvaney

 

(Principal Accounting Officer)

 

 

 

/s/ Nancy M. Taylor

 

Chairperson of the Board

Nancy M. Taylor

 

 

/s/ W. Stephen Cannon

Director

W. Stephen Cannon

/s/ Terri F. Graham

 

Director

Terri F. Graham

 

 

/s/ David A. Levin

 

Director

David A. Levin

 

 

/s/ Douglas T. Moore

 

Director

Douglas T. Moore

/s/ Joseph M. Nowicki, Jr.

Director

Joseph M. Nowicki, Jr.

/s/ Ashish Parmar

Director

Ashish Parmar

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Famous P. Rhodes

 

Director

Famous P. Rhodes

 

 

/s/ Martin F. Roper

 

Director

Martin F. Roper

 

 

/s/  Jimmie L. Wade

Director

Jimmie L. Wade

8576